119854 Catalog

2014-09-27

: Pdf 119854-Catalog 119854-Catalog 786776 Batch8 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 180 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2011/2012

WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT CATALOG

LEGRAND/WIREMOLD TRADEMARKS

Legrand/Wiremold Raceways and Fittings are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the Canadian Standards

Association. Registered Trademarks of Legrand/Wiremold and its subsidiaries include: 500, 700, 2000, 3000, 4000,

6000, 4000 Designer Series, Access, CabinetMATE, CableSmart, Centerex, Chan-L-Wire, CordMate, CordMate II, Corduct,

DS4000, EZ-Pole, FiberReady, Flushduct, HideAcord, Isoduct, On-Wall, Pancake, Perma Power, Plug-In Outlet Center,

Plugmold, Plugmold Plus, Plugmold Tough, Power Commander, Resource RFB, Sentrex, Snapicoil, Source I, Source II,

Sure-Snap, Synergy, Tele-Power, Uniduct, V500, V700, Walker, Walkercell, Walkerdeck, Walkerduct, Walkerduct Pro,

Walkerflex, Walkerflex AWS, Wiremold, and Wiring Projects Made Easy.

Trademarks of Legrand/Wiremold include 300 Series, 400 Series, 525 Series, 800 Series, 861 Series, 880 Series,

882C Series, 884C Series, 1200 Series, 2300 Series, 2400 Series, 2400D Series, 4047 Series, 5400 Series, 5500 Series,

5507 Series, AC Series, AF Series, AL2000 Series, AL2400 Series, AL3300 Series, AL5200 Series, ALA3800 Series,

ALA4800 Series, AMD8 Series, AnySize, AV3 Series, CableMate, CornerMate, CM Series, CZE Series, Data-Fense,

Evolution, FieldMate, FIT Series, FlameStopper, FloorPort, FloorSource, Isoduct, NM2000 Series, Omnibox,

PSRC9 Series, Prewired Select, RC3 Series, RC4 Series, RC7 Series, RC7AFFTC Series, RC700XR Series, RC9 Series,

RC9AFFTC Series, RC9AM2TC Series, RC9AMD Series, RC91GHBTC Series, RC92GHBTC Series, RFE Series,

ScuffCoat, TableSource, TopGuard, Vista Architectural and WallSource.

Wiremold Prewired XPress is a Service Mark of Legrand/Wiremold.

All brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders.

All Legrand/Wiremold products, unless specifically noted, are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform

to Federal Specifications W-C-582 and the National Electrical Code. Products designed for use in telephone or

communications wiring normally do not require UL listing. Most products in this catalog are also certified by the Canadian

Standards Association. Special ordering information for products to be installed in Canada is available upon request.

LEGRAND/WIREMOLD LIMITED WARRANTY & LIABILITY STATEMENT

Legrand/Wiremold warrants, to the original purchaser or owner only, that any product manufactured and sold by

Legrand/Wiremold will be substantially free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service, for

a period of one year from the date of original installation or two years from the date of purchase, whichever is sooner. This

limited warranty applies only to products, which have been installed properly in accordance with Installation Instructions

supplied by Legrand/Wiremold and any applicable codes and standards.

This limited warranty is void and Legrand/Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages or held responsible for the quality,

performance or safety of products that have been repaired, altered or tampered with outside of Legrand/Wiremold facilities

or which have been intermixed (used within a system) with products or materials not approved by Legrand/Wiremold or

have been subjected to accident, negligence, misuse or abuse.

Legrand/Wiremold’s sole obligation (and the sole and exclusive remedy of the purchaser or owner of the product) with

respect to any products which are proven to be defective, shall be the repair or replacement of the defective products, at

the sole option of Legrand/Wiremold. Returned products will not be accepted unless Legrand/Wiremold is notified and

authorizes the return, prior to shipment.

Legrand/Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages in excess of the purchase price of the defective products, and under

no circumstances shall Legrand/Wiremold be liable for incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages.

Certain products of Legrand/Wiremold may have a specific limited warranty or limitation of liability which is included with

such products and which differs from that set forth in this Statement. The terms of any such specific limited warranty or

limitation of liability will supersede that set forth in this Statement.

Except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND LEGRAND/WIREMOLD

MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT OF ITS PRODUCTS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING NO

WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

WARRANTY & TRADEMARK INFORMATION

You’ll see these QR codes used in this catalog to provide you

with a mobile link to more information online. To use them, go

to getscanlife.com from your mobile browser to scan this code

and get exclusive content. Standard data rates may apply.

WELCOME

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Welcome to the new Legrand Wiremold Product Guide

featuring the broadest range of wire and cable management

solutions we’ve ever offered.

This product guide is full of the in-depth product information

and specifications you’ve come to expect from Legrand

Wirmemold. And be sure to check out our latest “designed to

be better” products in the new products section.

Whether it’s 500 raceway, power poles, or the latest floor

boxes, Legrand Wiremold is working hard to put you, our

valued customer, first. With market leading innovation, high

quality products, and updated tools and product information,

our goal is to be your first choice for wire and cable

management products and solutions.

And remember, our most up-to-date product guide is also

available online at www.legrand.us/Wiremold featuring

select product highlight videos.

Thank you for your business and continued support.

Brian DiBella

Vice President, General Manager

Since 1900… Over a Century of Solutions!

WELCOME

Since its introduction in the early 1900’s, the Wiremold

Buyer’s Guide has been a valuable source of information

for contractors, distributors, and architects.

It’s also easy to access the same product information, 24/7

through our fully searchable online catalog at www.legrand.us/wiremold. Today… Innovative Products, designed to be better!

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS,

For an updated electronic

catalog throughout 2011,

use this QR code.

SUSTAINABILITY

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Wiremold is committed to

environmental stewardship by

becoming registered to the

ISO14001 standard.

Since 2008, Wiremold has used

its environmental management

system to reduce pollution, stay

in regulatory compliance, and

continuously reduce our

environmental impact in the

manufacture of our products.

GREEN THINKING & SUSTAINABILITY

LEAN MANUFACTURING & WASTE REDUCTION

•Total waste reduction in all aspects of manufacturing

•One-piece flow maintains quality assurance on a per piece basis –

eliminates unnecessary raw material consumption

•Inventory aligned to demand/usage – reduces holding costs and space

•Environmental stewardship – replacing high VOC paint with powder coat.

•Kaizen philosophy grounded in continuous improvement – reduces waste

in manufacturing process

•Use of recycled and post consumer materials in manufacturing

•ISO14001 Certification

SITE & INSTALLATION BENEFITS

•Staged deliveries – improves efficiency and reduces on-site storage

•Local sourcing – reduces delivery costs and environmental impact from

emissions

•Bulk packaging – used for prewired raceway and other systems to reduce

on-site packaging waste

PRODUCT LINE BENEFITS

•One Source for Design & Delivery Coordination – multiple pathway

solutions coordinated across trades ensures the right solution while

reducing the number of deliveries to a job site

•Convia-Enabled Pathways connected by Walkerflex Modular Wiring –

provides energy management and monitoring

•Raised Floor Enhancements & Accessories – Modular wiring and raised

floor access boxes assist underfloor displacement air ventilation

•Infloor, Thru-Floor & Poke-Thru Devices – Increased use of natural

daylight through use of open floor plans

•Architectural Columns – Improved aesthetics and increased use of

natural daylight through use of open floor plans

•Infloor Systems – extend lifecycle benefits by offering a flexible solution

to accommodate multiple renovations of the building space.

•Prewired Raceway – Eliminate scrap generated by on-site cutting of

bases and covers

•Surface Raceways – Pathway flexibility for moves, adds, changes while

maintaining V-rating and wall integrity

Wiremold embraces a multi-level approach to sustainable design through:

Wiremold products

contribute to and

help support the

objectives of the

U.S. Green Building

Council, an

organization representing more

than 10,000 organizations from

all segments of the building

industry that developed the LEED

rating system and which

continues to guide its evolution.

Wiremold representatives are

trained (and in some instances

LEED-certified) to provide

consultation on sustainable

design.

NEW CONVIA-ENABLED WIREMOLD SYSTEMS TAKE ENERGY MANAGEMENT

TO THE NEXT LEVEL

•Integrated and highly flexible system – Now Wiremold pathway

solutions are “energy smart”

•Convia software enables control and monitoring of plugload,

lighting and thermostat set points

•Provides actual power consumption data by zone

The globe icon identifies products that contribute to sustainable

design or provides energy savings through efficiencies in design,

manufacturing processes, or installation.

The leaf icon identifies products that save energy through improved

measurement and monitoring of plug loads and systems.

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

SUSTAINABILITY

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

RECYCLED CONTENT & LOCAL SOURCING

•Wiremold typically uses steel with an average post-consumer recycled

content of 23.5%, and an average pre-consumer/post-industrial

recycled content of 6.4%.

•Aluminum products include high levels of recycled content.

•Wiremold makes available specific documentation required for

determining the recycled content of each product.

•Wiremold products are manufactured in West Hartford, CT. Recycled

steel, aluminum, and other materials are typically sourced from local

suppliers within a 500-mile radius of the plant. For project sites within

a 500-mile radius of West Hartford, the value of the Wiremold product

may be used in calculating the total value of local/regional materials in

the project. Wiremold supplies the appropriate supporting

documentation.

CONVIA-ENABLED PATHWAYS:

•Raised Floor Boxes

•Architectural Columns

•Floor Boxes

•Poke-Thru Devices

RAISED FLOOR SYSTEMS:

•Walkerflex®Modular Wiring System

•Floor Box Systems

•Vista®Architectural Pedestals

Benefits:

•Designed to work with underfloor displacement air ventilation.

•Open space flexibility.

•Pedestals provide connectivity at desk height.

INFLOOR/THROUGH-FLOOR/POKE-THRU:

•Walkerduct®Underfloor Duct System

•Poke-Thru Devices

•Floor Box Systems

Benefits:

•Enable open plan design.

•Open plan improves daylighting.

•Flexibility for moves, adds, changes.

ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS:

•Vista™Architectural Columns

Benefits:

•Connectivity and/or consolidation point in open space.

•Facilitates better use of natural light.

•Flexibility for moves, adds, changes.

SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS:

•DS4000®Series Raceway

•Prewired Raceway

•Other Legrand/Wiremold Raceway Systems

Benefits:

•On-wall – not into wall – for enhanced flexibility.

•No need to cut into walls – maintains building integrity,

V Rating, and R-Value.

•Prewired Raceway reduces waste and minimizes packaging.

GREEN THINKING & SUSTAINABILITY

WELCOME

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

USING THE WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

COLOR CODING:

Color coding has been used throughout the Product Guide

including in the Table of Contents and on the outside edge of

the pages of each section to help you quickly access the

products or information you need. A color key to the sections

can also be found on the back cover of this catalog and on the

right side of this page.

ORGANIZATION:

Sections of this catalog have been reorganized to give you

faster access to key information about our products. System

layouts, wire fill capacity charts and UL Code Reference

information is located on the beginning pages of each

product section.

NEW PRODUCTS:

The newest Wiremold product innovations are featured in the

New Products section. You’ll find color photos and information

on where these products are located in the Product Guide.

PRODUCT GUIDE AVAILABLE ONLINE:

The Wiremold Product Guide is also available online. With all

the same information as the print version, the online Product

Guide is fully searchable and easy to use.

CODE REFERENCE INFORMATION:

UL Code Reference information for

each product line is indicated at

the beginning of the product

section. Look for a box similar to

this example.

Overfloor Raceway Systems

Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Prewired Raceway Systems

Plugmold®Multioutlet Systems

Specialty Raceways & Accessories

Floor Box Systems

Vertical Solutions

Service Fittings & Activation Accessories

Infloor Duct Systems

Poke-Thru Devices

Modular Wiring Solutions

Energy Management Systems

Power Distribution & Surge Protective Devices

Work Surface Solutions

Fire Stop Solutions

Wireless & Zone Cabling Solutions

Audio/Video Compatibility

Specific Product Sections are identified throughout the

Product Guide with the following color coding:

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Color swatches shown throughout this catalog are as close to the

product colors as is possible through the printing process. These should

not be used by customers to make color decisions. Legrand/Wiremold

recommends that customers request samples to review for color

accuracy in circumstances where color matching is critical.

500 and 700 Series Raceway Part

Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a

“-WH” suffix have a white finish.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

COLOR INFORMATION:

Color swatches (see sample below) for each product line are

shown at the beginning of the product section. Each part

number listing also shows all the available color versions for

that part. Information on how the color values were developed

can be found in the Technical Section.

Ivory White

Communications Connectivity

Steel Surface Raceway Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 22

One-Piece Raceways

500®& 700®Series Raceway ................................ 23

Two-Piece Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

2000®Series Raceway .......................................... 31

2400 Series™Raceway .......................................... 34

2400D Series™Raceway ........................................ 39

3000®Series Raceway............................................ 43

4000®Designer Series Raceway

DS4000®Raceway .................................................. 48

Two-Piece Large Multiple Channel Raceways

4000®Series Raceway .......................................... 53

4047 Series™Device Plates .................................. 58

S4000®Series Raceway ........................................ 61

6000®Series Raceway .......................................... 67

Multi-Compartment Surface Metal Raceway

AnySize™Raceway ................................................ 71

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 90

Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways

Uniduct®2700, 2800, & 2900 Series Raceways .... 91

Power-Rated Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, & PN05 Series Raceways .. 98

400, 800, 2300/2300D Series™Raceways ............ 102

Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways

Access®5000 Raceway ........................................ 110

CableSmart™40N Series Raceway ...................... 115

5400 Series™Raceway.......................................... 118

5500 Series™Raceway.......................................... 124

5507 Series™Faceplates ...................................... 129

Hide Cord Raceway

300 Series™Duct .................................................. 131

Welcome

Wiremold Products & Sustainability

Using The Wiremold Product Guide

New Products

Wiremold /Legrand introduced the original 500 Series Raceway wiring

solution to the electrical trade in 1916.

Today, the new 4000 Designer Series Raceway offers maximum capacity

and functionality, combined with innovations that speed installation.

YESTERDAY TODAY

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 134

Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

AL2000 Series™Raceway .................................... 135

AL2400 Series™Raceway .................................... 138

AL3300 Series™Raceway .................................... 140

4000®Designer Series Raceway

ALDS4000™Raceway ............................................ 143

Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

ALA3800 Series™Raceway .................................. 147

ALA4800 Series™Raceway .................................. 150

AL5200 Series™Raceway .................................... 153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Audio/Video Compatibility

Wiremold®Pathways with A/V Compatibility ............ 2

Wiremold®A/V Quick Selection Guide........................ 9

Communications Connectivity

Ortronics®Connectivity .............................................16

Wiremold Open System Connectivity ...................... 16

CM Series™Communication Modules ...................... 17

PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)

Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 78

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway

OFR Series™Overfloor Raceway ............................79

Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway

1500 Series™Raceway............................................ 82

2600 Series™Raceway............................................ 85

Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway

1200/1400/1600 Series™Raceway ..........................87

Steel Surface Raceway Systems

Overfloor Raceway Systems

Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 240

Recessed Style Poke-Thru Devices

Evolution™6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices .......... 246

Evolution™8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices .......... 253

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

RC7 Series™Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 259

RC9 Series™Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 261

RC9AMD Series™Poke-Thru Devices .................. 263

AMD8 Series™Poke-Thru Devices ...................... 265

AV3 Series™Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 267

RC3 Series™Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 269

RC4 Series™Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 271

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices

4FFATC Series™Poke-Thru Devices .................... 273

RC7AFFTC Series™Poke-Thru Devices .............. 274

RC9AFFTC Series™Poke-Thru Devices................ 275

RC9AM2TC Series™Poke-Thru Devices .............. 276

Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices

FIT Series™Poke-Thru Devices............................ 277

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC Series™

Poke-Thru Devices .............................................. 279

INFLOOR SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 186

Secure Raceway Systems

Data-Fense™Secure Raceway System ................187

SpecMate Wireway & Enclosures .......................... 200

WallSource™Multiple Service Box

WallSource™Multiple Service Box ...................... 212

Plugmold®Multioutlet Strips were originally introduced in 1947. Today

Plugmold applications range from garage makeovers to installations in

high end gourmet kitchens.

YESTERDAY TODAY

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 216

Plugmold®Steel Multioutlet Systems

2000 Series™Multioutlet System ........................ 217

2400 Series™Multioutlet System ........................ 222

®Plugmold Plus Nonmetallic Multioutlet Systems

NM2000 Series™Multioutlet System.................... 226

Plugmold®Aluminum Multioutlet Systems

AL2000 Series™Multioutlet System .................... 231

Plugmold®Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems

2000TR Series™Multioutlet System .................... 235

24R Series™Multioutlet System .......................... 237

Why Prewired .......................................................... 160

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 164

Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL3000 Series™Raceway .................................... 167

ALA3800 Series™Raceway ....................................168

ingle/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL3300 Series™Raceway .................................... 169

AL4000 Series™Raceway ......................................170

AL4400 Series™Raceway .................................... 171

AL4750 Series™Raceway .................................... 172

Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL4320 Series™Raceway .................................... 173

AL4520 Series™Raceway ......................................174

ALA4800 Series™Raceway .................................. 175

ALDS4000 Series™Raceway ................................ 177

Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL7320 Series™Raceway .................................... 178

AL7450 Series™Raceway ......................................179

Prewired Steel Raceway Systems

3000®Series™, 4000®Series, DS4000®&

6000®Series Raceways ........................................180

Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems

CableSmart™40N2 Series, 5400 Series™&

5500 Series™Raceways ........................................ 181

Prewired Select Series™Raceways ........................ 182

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)

Prewired Raceway Systems

Specialty Raceways & Accessories

Plugmold®Multioutlet Systems

Poke-Thru Devices

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

INFLOOR SYSTEMS (continued)

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 356

525 Series™Service Fittings.................................... 357

1200 Series™Service Fittings.................................. 360

Multiplex™Service Fittings...................................... 361

525 & Multiplex Series™Activation Accessories .... 363

Source 1®Series Service Fittings .......................... 365

FloorPort™Series Cover Assemblies .................... 368

Walkerduct® Flush Poke-Thru Style Service Fittings

PSRC9 Series™Service Fittings .......................... 371

®Walkerduct Pro Series Service Fittings................ 373

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 378

Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems .................. 381

Walkerduct®Carpet/Tile Holders .......................... 391

Walker®Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems .............. 394

Wallduct Raceway Systems .................................. 398

Trenchduct Feeder Systems .................................. 404

Walkercell®Cellular Raceway Systems ................ 407

Walkerflex®Modular Wiring System...................... 434

Chan-L-Wire®Pro Series

Modular Power/Lighting System............................ 448

Tele-Power®Poles were introduced in 1969 to provide

power and data access in open offices.

Today, Vista™Architectural Columns provide open

space access to power and communication services

with a wide variety of decorative options.

YESTERDAY TODAY

Modular Wiring Solutions

Energy Management Solutions

Convia®Enabled Wiremold®

Energy Management System .................................. 414

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 282

Fire Classified Floor Boxes.................................. 287

FloorPort™Series Cover Assemblies .................. 293

Ratchet-Pro™Series Round Floor Boxes ............ 297

882C/884C Series™Round Floor Boxes ...............301

Modulink™880MP Series Floor Boxes ................ 302

Resource RFB®Series Floor Boxes .................... 306

Omnibox™Series Floor Boxes.............................. 314

880 Series™Floor Boxes ...................................... 320

800 Series™Floor Boxes ...................................... 323

800W Series™Floor Boxes .................................. 325

861 Series™Floor Boxes ...................................... 329

862 Series™Floor Boxes ...................................... 331

863 Series™Floor Boxes ...................................... 332

WMFB Series™Floor Boxes.................................. 334

FloorSource™Raised Floor Boxes

AF Series™Raised Floor Boxes............................ 337

AC Series™Raised Floor Boxes............................ 341

CRFB Series™Raised Floor Boxes ...................... 345

Convention Center Series™Products ...................... 349

CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes........................ 352

Floor Box Systems

Service Fittings & Activation Accessories

Infloor Duct Systems

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 452

Vista™Architectural Columns .............................. 454

Vista CP™Consolidation Point.............................. 460

Vista Point5™Architectural Columns .................. 466

Tele-Power®Poles .............................................. 471

Vertical Drop Poles .............................................. 480

Custom Tele-Power® Poles .................................. 483

Vertical Solutions

OPEN SPACE SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Today, regardless of the application or the installation,

Legrand/Wiremold remains the leader in configuring solutions and

providing the products and expertise to get your job done right.

Fire Stop Solutions

Wireless & Zone Cabling Solutions

Index

FlameStopper™Series Thru-Wall&

Thru-Floor Fittings .................................................. 521

Wireless Enclosures

VLWAP Vista™Wireless Access Point Enclosure

.... 524

WAPE Series

Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures .......... 525

WAPENCL Series

Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures .......... 527

NME1250AP Wall-Mounted Nonmetallic

Wireless Access Point Enclosure ........................ 528

WAPBRKT Wireless Access Point

Mounting Bracket for Overhead Applications .... 529

Zone Cabling Enclosures

CZE Series Zone Cabling Enclosures .................. 530

RFE Series Zone Cabling Enclosures.................. 531

YESTERDAY TODAY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Work Surface Solutions

Quick Selection Guide.............................................. 508

Evolution™Series Work Surface Portals ................ 509

deQuorum™Recessed Work Surface Portals.......... 511

deQuorum™Flip-Up Work Surface Portals ............ 513

TableSource™Work Surface Portals........................ 514

Lab Bench Work Surface Portals .......................... 516

Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals ...... 518

Power Distribution & Surge Protective Devices

Quick Selection Guide.............................................. 486

Power Distribution Units for Data Centers

Power Commander®IQ Units ............................ 487

Network Controlled 15 Amp, 20 Amp

Power Commander®Plus Units ........................ 489

High Amperage Units

Power Commander®High Amperage Units ...... 491

30 Amp, 40 Amp, Mounting Accessories

Meter Reader™Series

Current Monitoring Devices ............................ 493

Cabinet Power Solutions

Surge Protected CabinetMATE®Series .............. 494

15 Amp, 20 Amp

Power Only CabinetMATE®Series ...................... 495

15 Amp, 20 Amp

Rack Mounted Power Solutions

Surge Protected Products.................................... 497

Sentrex High Performance Series,

Perma-Power Mid-Performance Series,

Power Commander®High Amperage Units

Power Only Products ............................................498

15 Amp, 20 Amp

Workstation Power Solutions

Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Center®Units .. 499

Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center®Units............ 501

Hard Wired Surge Protection

ZoneMaster®/ZoneSentinel®Series .................... 504

ZoneDefender Pro Series .................................. 505

PA/PB™Series .................................................... 506

Technical Information

Raceway Cross-Sectional Areas/

Wire & Cable Cross-Sectional Areas

...................... 534

Raceway Wire & Cable Dimensions ........................ 534

Calculating Wire & Cable Capacities ...................... 535

Conductor Derating (Lighting & Power Circuits)

National Electrical Code Articles ........................ 536

Cubic Inch Capacity of Wiremold Boxes.................. 537

Mounting Means for Wiremold Raceways .............. 538

Electrical Symbols in Accordance

with ANSI Y32.9-1972 .......................................... 538

Steel Raceway Color Specifications ........................ 540

NEW PRODUCTS

1 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

NEW PRODUCTS FROM LEGRAND/WIREMOLD

Evolution™Series Floor Boxes

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System

Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals

Plugmold®2000TR Series™

Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet System

NME1250AP Wireless Access Point Enclosure

Tele-Power®Pole Extenders

Evolution™Series Work Surface Portals

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

FloorPort™Series Cover Assemblies

RFB6E Series™Floor Boxes

with Evolution™Series Cover Assemblies

Convia-enabled Wiremold®System

Enhanced Audio/Video Compatibility

Introducing the latest innovations

from Legrand/Wiremold, the

industry leader in wiring solutions.

For more information

on featured products,

use this QR code.

NEW PRODUCTS

2 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

New Universal Floor Box

Evolution™Series Floor Box; “one box…many applications”,

which means the same floor box can be installed in concrete,

raised, or wood floor applications. Ideal for commercial office

applications such as: open collaborative spaces, closed offices,

and conference rooms. Other great applications are: education

facilities, entertainment spaces, and any other open spaces where

power, communications, and audio/video services are required.

•One box, many floor types – one floor box can be

installed into concrete, raised or wood floors.

•Aesthetic Evolution Style covers for a consistent look

throughout the facility – Covers come in 5 decorative

colors (black, gray, brass, nickel, and bronze) to match

the room’s décor.

•Full 180° angle opening – so covers remain attached

while leaving maximum access.

•Removable Modules – Easy moves, adds and changes.

Can be removed from the top or back.

•Accommodates standard size wall plates.

•2 1/2" to 3 1/2" of wiring space behind device plates.

•6, 8, or 10 gangs of capacity – Open platform for power,

communications and audio/video devices.

•KOs ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size.

•Removable dividers – For maximum configurability.

•Tunnel allows all compartments to be connected.

EVOLUTION™SERIES FLOOR BOXES

– Coming in 2011 –

One Box, Many Floor Types – One Floor Box can be installed into

either concrete, raised, or wood floors.

2 to 10 gangs of capacity – Open platform box is available in

multiple sizes and with multiple configuration options for

power, communications, and audio/video devices. Aesthetic

Evolution Style Covers come in 5 decorative colors.

NEW PRODUCTS

3 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels of

capacity and access to a wide range of power, communications,

and A/V connectivity options in an ADA compliant profile. This

system installs over existing floor coverings and is both tamper-

resistant and installer-friendly, making it an ideal solution for

temporary or permanent installations where access through

floors and ceilings is not an option.

•Low profile, ADA compliant design.

•Multi-channel base provides capacity for power,

communications, and A/V in one raceway.

•Open system device plates for communications and A/V.

•Attaches directly to floor covering.

•Installs in open space areas where access to floor or ceiling

is not an option.

•four-gang box can accommodate power and communications

on both sides with crossover kit.

•Transition options for popular Wiremold surface raceway

systems and Vista Architectural Columns.

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

– Page 79 –

OFR Series Raceway provides access

to power, A/V, and communication

services to open-space areas in an

ADA compliant low profile design.

OFR Series Overfloor

Raceway transition

fitting for DS4000

Series Raceway.

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

4-Gang Device Box.

2 1/2" to 3 1/2" of wiring space behind device plates.

Wiring modules accept standard size wall plates and are removable from either the top or back of the box.

Internal Wiring guards help to protect

and manage cables and wiring.

NEW PRODUCTS

4 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

NEW Tele-Power Pole Extenders – Easier job site handling with

easier, more reliable shipping options.

Configurability of the TPP Extenders allows for on site

modifications to accommodate a variety of ceiling heights. TPP

Extenders can ship UPS or air freight. TPP Extenders have been

designed to be compatible with existing poles, so relocating is

literally, a snap (quick, easy, and done with in-stock

components). Existing poles can be retrofit/extended to be used

in a location with a higher ceiling using TPP Extenders.

When you need a reliable open space power and/or

communications solution in the shortest amount of time, no

matter the length needed, think Wiremold TPP Extenders.

TELE-POWER®POLE EXTENDERS

– Page 471 –

New Tele-Power Pole Extender

make transporting and installing

poles of any length a SNAP!

Handling standard length poles

on a jobsite can be a challenge.

Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals provide power

and USB charging outlets at the work surface level by utilizing

existing cord drop openings in office desks and workspace

table tops. Mounting hardware is also included with each unit

to provide an alternative mounting method that latches the

units onto the side of work surfaces.

•Add power where needed.

•Ideal for desk or work table.

•Mounting hardware included.

•12' cord 12 Amp 125V.

•Built-in surge protection. Desktop Power Center Portals provide easy work

surface level access to surge-protected power

and USB services.

Desktop Power Center Portals include mounting components

for mounting to work surfaces using either an existing cord

drop or for latching to a side of the work surface.

DESKTOP POWER CENTER WORK SURFACE PORTALS

– Page 518 –

Tele-Power Pole Extenders slide onto

existing poles to extend their length

or the easy-to-ship components can

also be used to create a whole new

pole. Just remove 8" cover, slide the

components together, screw them in

place, and replace the 8" cover.

Plugmold®2000 Series™Tamper-Resistant offers

industry leading levels of both safety and

convenience.

•Meets 2008 NEC section 406.11 for tamper resistant

receptacles in dwelling units. Perfect for residences,

dorms, and extended stay hotels.

•Patented internal shutter system prevents insertion of

unwanted objects such as paper clips, keys or nails.

•15A proprietary simplex receptacles in a sleek low

profile.

•Available in multiple colors and finishes.

•Can be used with existing Plugmold fittings and boxes.

PLUGMOLD®2000TR SERIES™

– Page 235 –

Plugmold

2000TR Series

installed in a

residential

kitchen.

Patented internal

shutter system

prevents insertion

of unwanted

objects.

NEW PRODUCTS

5 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

•Suitable for in both above-grade and

on-grade concrete floor applications.

•Special fusion-bonded epoxy

corrosion resistant paint finish

allows for on-grade use without the

weight of cast iron material.

•Accepts the 8" Evolution Series

poke-phru cover assemblies.

•Six gangs of capacity.

RFB6E & RFB6E-OG Floor Boxes with

Evolution™Series 8" Poke-Thru Cover

Assemblies.

RFB6E & RFB6E-OG FLOOR BOXES

– Page 310 –

New RFB6E Series Floor Boxes accept the round 8" Evolution

Series cover assemblies providing improved aesthetics for

installations that combine both floor boxes and poke-thru devices.

•Large capacity compartment. 13 3/4" high

x 7 3/8" wide x 4 5/8" [349mm x 192mm x

117mm] deep interior provides space for

most leading manufacturers’ AP products,

including Cisco®Aironet 1250 Series.

•Convenient termination point and

raceway connectivity. Communications

cabling can be backfed or surface raceway

fed using the integral raceway twistouts

provided on all four sides of the enclosure

(for Eclipse™Series PN03, PN05, and

PN10 Raceways).

•Security lock included. Paintable

Fog White in color, the enclosure includes

a concealed key lock under

a subdoor to prevent unauthorized access.

All locksets are keyed alike.

•Configurability. Antennas for Cisco®

Aironet 1250 can be configured either

internal or external to the enclosure.

NME1250AP – WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURE

– Page 528 –

Interior provides space for most leading

manufacturers’ AP products, including

Cisco®Aironet 1250 Series.

Stylish, paintable enclosure includes a

concealed key lock under a subdoor to

prevent unauthorized access

•Accepts 8" Evolution Series poke-thru covers.

•Large multi-compartment boxes.

•TopGuard™Protection.

•Accepts wide range of power, communication

and audio/video configurations.

•Prewired & custom plate options.

•Fits into round diffuser openings.

•Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines.

•Compatible with both raised and wood floors.

•Multiple KOs located on sides and bottom

of box accept conduit sizes from 1/2" - 2".

Cables egress from a CRFB

Series Floor Box with Evolution

Series Poke-Thru Cover.

CRFB Series four-

compartment

configurable

floor box

New egress design for

CRFB Series Floor Box

Covers offers larger

wire/cable egress with

locking feature.

CRFB SERIES™ROUND RECESSED FLOOR BOXES

– Page 345 –

NEW PRODUCTS

6 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Fire Rated Floor Boxes maintain a floor’s two-

hour fire rating and are available in both flush

and recessed configurations.

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

•Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

•TopGuard protection

•Available in two depths.

•Fully Adjustable before and after concrete pour.

•Accepts existing floor box covers.

•

Available in both flush and recessed one-, two-, three-, or

four-gang configurations.

•UL Listed and UL Fire Classified to U.S. and Canadian

safety standards for tile and terrazzo.

•Available in both steel and nonmetallic fabrications.

•Twelve (12) box variations.

– Page 287 –

RFB4-SSFC Fire Rated Floor Box.

The use of intumescent materials and

the bottom plate assembly preserve

the two hour fire rating of the floor.

FLOORPORT™SERIES COVER ASSEMBLIES

New and improved FloorPort Cover provide added

functionality, enhanced durability and an expanded

color selection.

•Recessed activations available in both flanged and

flangeless versions.

•Covers open a full 180° for easier access.

•Egress doors and cable management redesigned

to better protect cabling.

•Full size handle for easier opening.

•Hinge and latch redesigned for enhanced durability.

•New colors in a resilient finish.

– Page 368 –

FloorPort™Series Flanged Cover Assembly

installed in a carpeted floor.

New FloorPort™Series Cover

Assemblies feature a full 180° opening

cover with new cable egress openings

that protect cabling while holding

them securely in place and a new

recessed handle for easier opening.

Introducing Evolution Series Work Surface Portals.

Evolution Work Surface Portals offer extra capacity

and style in a conference or board room table.

Evolution Series Work Surface Portals provide the

space to mount devices below the table top and the

aesthetics to match room decor. It offers seamless

integration of electrical, voice, data, video and audio

into workstation activations.

EVOLUTION™SERIES WORK SURFACE PORTALS

– Page 509 –

Flexibility is at the heart of the Convia-

enabled Wiremold offering. The system

can easily be configured and reconfigured

to manage and control overhead lighting

or plug load while taking advantage of

innovative, attractive, modular floor

boxes and poke-thru devices from

Legrand/Wiremold.

Ability to Measure & Monitor Plugloads.

Another point of difference: monitoring and control using the

same sensors that control lighting loads. In contrast to other

systems which provide estimates and averages of energy use,

the system provides actual power consumption by zone. It

compares actual usage vs. different energy baselines and

identifies the zones that are consuming more than expected

power. This data allows facility managers to aggressively

manage energy and constantly identify trouble spots as well

as easily set and meet energy reduction targets.

NEW PRODUCTS

7 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Until now, employing energy management strategies has meant a

complicated, difficult-to-configure collection of technologies hard-

wired into a building’s infrastructure. Once designed and

implemented, making changes was impractical. Adjustments in

space use or design required starting practically from scratch. And

day-to-day power management was unwieldy and inelegant.

Enter the Convia-enabled Wiremold system, an integrated solution

that is highly flexible, highly adaptable and highly intelligent. Never

before has energy management been so simple while at the same

time infinitely flexible and powerful.

•Real-time Energy Monitoring – Allows end user to monitor

in real time and set energy usage from any location.

•Dynamic Load Shedding – Automatically reduces building

usage as energy limits are reached. Can also be

controlled manually.

•Modular and Field-Wired Versions – Ideal for new

construction and renovation/retrofit applications.

•Energy Efficiency Compliant – System qualifies for Title 24,

ASHRAE 90.1, EPAct and other utility rebate programs.

•UL Listed – Listed to U.S. and Canadian

safety standards for 20A 120V/208V

and 277V/480V systems.

CONVIA-ENABLED WIREMOLD®SYSTEM

– Page 414 –

INTELLIGENT CONTROLS MEETS SMART DESIGN.

The system begins with Convia, a technology platform that

allows for the integrated control and monitoring of plug load,

lighting, and thermostat set points. Co-developed by one of

the most respected technology think tanks in the world

(Applied Minds), and refined by usability and ergonomics

experts at Herman Miller, Convia represents a solution so

simple, flexible and elegant that it can be controlled using a

two-button remote wand or a PC.

The user-interface allows building managers to monitor and

control energy usage in real time.

NEW PRODUCTS

8 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the remodeling and construction of buildings, leaving integrators

with the challenge of creating work-around solutions. But today, through Wiremold®Pathways we are changing the way

integrators work, by integrating A/V into our broad product line from the start.

Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the ideal solution for bringing power,

A/V, and communication connections to open space, above-grade floor

environments while maintaining the Fire Classification of concrete floors.

Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the most complete offering in the industry

including EvolutionTM and AV3 SeriesTM Poke-Thru Devices, which are

compatible with A/V connectivity devices from most major manufacturers.

Wiremold FloorSource™Raised Floor Boxes offer power, communication,

and A/V solutions for raised floor applications. A variety of floor boxes

designed especially for raised floors provide all the functionality,

flexibility, accessibility, and capacity your application requires. Ideal

for IT server rooms, computer labs, and financial, commercial, and

educational institutions.

Wiremold Work Surface Solutions bring power, communication, and A/V

connections right where they’re needed – on the work surface, with ideal

solutions for everything from workstations to conference room tables.

Wiremold Vista®Architectural Columns offer an array of customizable

solutions for the A/V professional. These aesthetic columns can be used to

feed and support digital signage, supply connections to a large area, or as a

table leg to provide power, A/V, and communications to work surfaces. No

matter what the capability, finish, fit or style you need, Vista Architectural

Columns are your vertical solutions answer.

Wiremold Floor Boxes are ideally suited to provide power, A/V, and

communication services to open spaces in new construction. For use in

concrete and wood floor applications and available in a wide range of

sizes and finishes, Wiremold Floor Boxes are the broadest line of floor

boxes in the industry, and the first, and only family of Fire Classified Floor

Boxes available today.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices including Extron®

Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems provide efficient, cost-effective,

and attractive ways to bring connections wherever they're needed in

virtually any type of room. Available in a variety of sizes, capacities and

materials, including aluminum, steel and nonmetallic – Wiremold raceway

systems are designed to install easily, perform flawlessly, and blend

beautifully with any décor. And now, they have designed-in compatibility

for A/V applications.

Just a few of the devices available from leading A/V manufacturers

that are compatible with Wiremold pathways. (Sold separately)

A/V COMPATIBILITY

– Page 2 –

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the

remodeling and construction of buildings, leaving integrators with

the challenge of creating work-around solutions. But today, through

Wiremold®Pathways, we are changing the way integrators work, by

incorporating A/V compatibility into our broad product line from

the start. Wiremold gives you

• Over 100 years of experience in pathway solutions

•The market leader in cable management

• The broadest product line in the industry

• Cross-trade experience assures proper integration of power,

communication, and A/V into our products

Wiremold®Pathways with A/V Compatibility .................... 2

Wiremold®A/V Quick Selection Guide .............................. 9

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

2 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

By designing A/V compatibility into our broad range of products, Wiremold

makes the A/V integrator’s job easier. Wiremold Pathways are one of

Legrand A/V Solutions. For information about Legrand A/V Products –

Call 1.877.By.Legrand or visit www.legrand.us/av.

A/V Compatible Poke-thru Devices ...................................................... 2

A/V Compatible Floor Boxes ................................................................ 3

A/V Compatible Fire Classified Floor Boxes ........................................ 4

A/V Compatible FloorSource Raised Floor Boxes ................................ 4

A/V Compatible Work Surface Solutions .............................................. 5

A/V Compatible Vertical Solutions ........................................................ 6

A/V Compatible Raceway Systems........................................................ 7

A/V Compatible In-Wall Systems .......................................................... 8

A/V Compatible Power & Data Quality Solutions ................................ 8

A/V Quick Selection Guide .................................................................... 9

The large capapcity of the Wiremold Resource

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes meets the

special space requirements of A/V type

connectors to above-grade floors.

A/V COMPATIBILITY

CODE REFERENCE

Please visit the individual product sections located

thoughout this Product Guide for specific product

Code Reference information.

FEATURES

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices

•Largest Capacity Poke-Thru Device in the industry.

•Fully recessed devices.

•Open power, communication, and A/V configurability.

•Die-cast cover assemblies.

•Accepts wide range of power, communication, and A/V

configurations including Extron®Electronics AAP and MAAP,

and Crestron®device plates.

•Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

•Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with

the finished floor covering.

•Available pre-assembled or fully configurable.

•TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water

requirements.

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices

allow installed devices to be recessed

below floor level, and provide the

largest capacity available – up to

4-gangs of capacity for power, A/V,

or communication devices.

Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the ideal solution for bringing power, A/V, and communication connections to open space,

above-grade floor environments while maintaining the Fire Classification of concrete floors. Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the

most complete offering in the industry including EvolutionTM and AV3 SeriesTM Poke-Thru Devices, which are compatible with A/V

connectivity devices from most major manufacturers.

Just a few of the devices available from leading A/V manufacturers

that are compatible with Wiremold pathways. (Sold separately)

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 3

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

FEATURES

AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices

•Designed to meet the needs of the growing A/V Industry.

•Accepts wide range of power, communication, and

A/V configurations.

•Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with

the finished floor covering.

•TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water

requirements.

•Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

AV3 Series™Surface Style Poke-Thru

Devices have the capacity to accept

one (1) 20 Amp duplex power device

and up to three (3) Extron®Electronics

MAAP Series device plates.

FEATURES

4FFATC Series™Poke-Thru Devices

•Large dual capacity furniture feed poke-thru device.

•UL listed for both power and communications applications.

•Suitable for use in air handling spaces.

•“Step-on-it” quick and easy installation.

•Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with the

finished floor covering.

•TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water

requirements.

•Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

4FFATC Series™Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1)

3/4" trade size opening for power and

one (1) 1 1/4" trade size opening for

AV or communication.

Wiremold Floor Boxes are ideally suited to provide power, A/V, and communication services to open spaces in new construction.

For use in concrete and wood floor applications and available in a wide range of sizes and finishes, Wiremold Floor Boxes are

the broadest line of floor boxes in the industry, and the first, and only family of Fire Classified Floor Boxes available today.

FEATURES

Resource RFB Series Floor Boxes

•Ul Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards for tile,

terrazzo, carpet, and wood covered floors. Meets and exceeds

UL requirements under UL514A for scrub water exclusion.

•Available in 5 configurations; 2-gang, 4-gang, 6-gang, 9-gang,

and 11-gang.

•Available in various depths to accommodate both shallow and

deep concrete pours.

•Fully adjustable before and after the concrete pour.

•RFB9 and RFB11 Floor Boxes are provided with heavy duty

cover assembly to accept loads up to 3,000 pounds.

•Open system allows for compatibility with most power,

communication, and A/V manufacturers‘ devices.

Resource RFB®Series Floor Boxes

offer configuration flexibility using

independent wiring compartments and

feed-through wiring capability for

power, communication, and A/V

services to open spaces or directly

to work stations.

RFB2 Series

Two compartment, steel combination floor

box. Available in both shallow and on-grade

versions. Fully adjustable.

RFB4 Series

Four compartment, shallow depth,

combination floor box. Available in steel

or cast iron. Fully adjustable.

RFB6 Series

Six compartment, steel, on-grade

combination floor box. Fully adjustable.

RFB9 & RFB11 Series

Large capacity, steel floor box. Meets

special space requirements of A/V type

connectors to above-grade floors.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

4 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

FEATURES

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

•Ul Listed and UL Fire Classified to U.S. and Canadian safety

standards for tile and terrazzo. Preserves up to a two-hour fire

rating for floors. Eliminates the need to install additional

fireproofing to maintain the floor’s fire rating. Provides peace

of mind for building owners, general contractors, installers and

inspectors that floors meet safety guidelines.

•Available in one-, two-, three-, and four-gang configurations in

both flush and recessed designs.

•Accepts existing floor box covers. Allows for a consistent

aesthetic finish.

•Fire rated floor boxes provide multiple service and capacity

options and can be installed 2 feet on center for increased

accessibility to services for occupants.

Fire Classified Floor Boxes meet or exceed

UL Fire Classification requirements for floor

boxes eliminating the need for additional

spraying or fireproofing in order to preserve

the two hour fire rating for concrete floors.

OmniBox Series

Available in 1-, 2-, or 3-gangs, provides

greater flexibility in capacity. Fully

adjustable box before and after concrete

pour for lower installed cost. Concrete-

tight, stamped steel construction for lower

cost option for above grade applications.

880MP Series

Rectangular nonmetallic floor box

provides modular design and gangability.

Patented ratchet adjusting ring allows

connection of cover flange without glue

or mechanical fasteners.

Resource RFB Series

4-compartment recessed floor box in

both deep and shallow versions. Fully

adjustable before and after pour. Accepts

most manufacturers’ power,

communication, and A/V devices.

Ratchet-Pro Series

Dual service, round, nonmetallic floor

box. Patented ratchet adjusting ring

allows connection of cover flange without

glue or mechanical fasteners.

FEATURES

FloorSource AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes

•Locking tabs secure floor box to floor allowing quick and

easy installation.

•Units can be prewired for power.

•Large multi-compartment boxes provide adequate wiring

capacity and separation of A/V, power, and communication

services.

•Multiple profiles and capacities available in different depths to

meet different raised floor system requirements.

•Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to

accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or

combinations of all three in one unit.

FloorSource AF Series™Raised Floor

Boxes provide point-of-use activations

for multiple power and communications

devices while offering greater flexibility

relating to adds, moves and changes

within a standard and shallow raised

floor application. FloorSource AF Series

Raised Floor Boxes can also be

equipped with Walkerflex Modular

wiring components.

Wiremold FloorSource™Raised Floor Boxes offer power, communication, and A/V solutions for raised floor applications. A

variety of floor boxes designed especially for raised floors provide all the functionality, flexibility, accessibility, and capacity

your application requires. Ideal for IT server rooms, computer labs, and financial, commercial, and educational institutions.

FEATURES

FloorSource AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes

•Locking tabs secure floor box to floor allowing quick and

easy installation.

•Units can be prewired for power.

•Large multi-compartment boxes provide adequate wiring

capacity and separation of A/V, power, and communication

services.

•Multiple profiles and capacities available in different depths to

meet different raised floor system requirements.

•Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to

accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or

combinations of all three in one unit.

FloorSource AC Series™Raised Floor

Boxes provide point-of-use activations

for multiple power and communications

devices while offering greater flexibility

relating to adds,moves and changes

within the raised floor. FloorSource AC

Series Raised Floor Boxes can also be

equipped with Walkerflex Modular

wiring components.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 5

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

FEATURES

FloorSource CRFB Series™ Raised Floor Boxes

•Locking tabs help secure box to floor panel for quick and

easy installation.

•Prewired and custom plate options. Prewired units reduce

labor costs for field installation.

•Large multi-compartment boxes provide increased wiring

capacity and isolates A/V, power, and communication services.

•CRFB Raised Floor Boxes are designed to be installed after

floor coverings have been installed.

•Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to

accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or

combinations of all three in one unit.

•Compatible with raised stages. CRFB Series Floor Boxes are

designed to be used in raised stage applications such as: altars

and balconies.

FloorSource CRFB Series™Round

Raised Floor Boxes provide accessibility

and capacity for both power and

communications in a recessed round

floor box that meets the functionality

and flexibility needs of Access

Floor customers.

Wiremold Work Surface Solutions bring power, communication, and A/V connections right where they’re needed – on the

work surface, with ideal solutions for everything from workstations to conference room tables.

FEATURES

deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals

•deQuorum Work Surface Portals can be configured to meet

most A/V, power, and/or communications requirements

including UTP, video, and fiber optics.

•Cable management – A separate compartment provides

cable management below the mounting surface.

•Gasketed Receptacle –Two 15A or 20A spec grade receptacles

are dust and moisture resistant.

•Hinged or spring-activated flip-up lid options provide access for

making connections. Hinged option can be closed during use

making the portal unobtrusive.

•Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to

accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or

combinations of all three in one unit.

•Cover & Finish options – choose from a variety of finishes

and several cover options including a recessed cover that

can accept a wide range of laminates and veneers.

Portal

deQuorum™Work Surface Portals

provide flexibility in décor, power,

communication, and A/V connectivity

options, and installation to meet specific

functional and aesthetic needs. Portals

are recessed and covers can be closed

during use to make them unobtrusive.

Flip-Up

deQuorum™Work Surface Portals

bring technology to the user in

conference tables and workstations.

Flip-Up Portals bring the modules

above the work surface when needed

for easy access.

FEATURES

TableSource™ Work Surface Modules

•Durable aluminum construction. Sturdy enough for long-term

use in high activity applications such as public schools,

libraries and universities.

•Backsplash bracket designed to provide quick and secure

installation without marring the work surface.

•Gasketed 15A specgrade receptacle is dust and moisture

resistant. Meets latest UL spill test requirements against

accidental spills.

•Cord-ended model provides easy installation and mobility.

•Field wired option – Add a whip to field wire your solution.

•Finish options – Modules are available in a clear anodized

aluminum finish or can be painted to complement any décor.

•Configurable – Design your own custom TableSource Module.

•Datacom connectivity options. Accepts industry standard and

proprietary devices from a wide range of manufacturers to

provide a seamless and aesthetically pleasing communications

interface at the point-of-use.

TableSource™Work Surface Portals

provide flexibility in décor, power,

communication, and A/V connectivity

options, and installation to meet

specific functional and aesthetic

needs. Work Surface Modules are

stand-alone units that can easily be

added to any work area and require

minimal and adaptable installation.

Evolution ™Series

Evolution Series WorkSurface Portals

provide the space to mount devices below

the table top and the aesthitecs to match

room decor, with seamless integration of

electrical, voice, data, video and audio.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

6 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

Wiremold Vista®Architectural Columns offer an array of customizable solutions for the A/V professional. These aesthetic

columns can be used to feed numerous workstations, supply connections to a large area, or as a table leg to provide power,

A/V, and communications to work surfaces. No matter what the capability, finish, fit or style you need, Vista Architectural Columns

are your vertical solutions answer.

FEATURES

Vista™ Architectural Column

•Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,

extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and

capacity requirements.

•Center panels are available in stylish ﬁnishes and color options

including wood, glass and fabrics to enhance any decor.

•Add virtually any commercially available lighting ﬁxture.

•Furniture feed options – Modular furniture feeds are

available at the beltline and ground level.

•Extension kit accommodates many ceiling heights and now

comes with a center panel.

•Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range

of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.

•On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com/vista

to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

Vista™Architectural Columns provide

configurable solutions for power, A/V,

wireless, and communication services

in open spaces.

FEATURES

Vista™ CP Consolidation Point

•Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,

extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and

capacity requirements.

•Center panels are available in stylish ﬁnishes and color options

including wood, glass and fabrics to enhance any decor.

•Add virtually any commercially available lighting ﬁxture.

•Furniture feed options – Modular furniture feeds are

available at the beltline and ground level.

•Extension kit accommodates many ceiling heights and now

comes with a center panel.

•Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range

of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.

•On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com/vista

to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

Vista Architectural Columns are an

aesthetically pleasing way to provide

A/V, power and communications in

open space areas. The Vista

Consolidation Point (CP) provides

channels that conceal

wires and cables

behind a decorative

center panel, and

incorporates a user-

installed patch panel

with easy, secured

access through a

lockable door.

FEATURES

Vista™ Point5 Architectural Column

•Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,

extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and

capacity requirements.

•Choice of heights to accommodate different work surfaces.

•Internal barrier permits A/V, electrical, and communications

devices to be installed next to each other without interference.

•The Point 5 exceeds UL’s Ofﬁce Furnishings 1286 Stability test

for force and impact.

•Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range

of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.

•On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com/vista

to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

The Vista Point5 provides power,

communication, and A/V connections

without disrupting conference spaces.

Mounted on the ﬂoor, the Vista Point5

can nestle into the center of a

contemporary conference table or

double as one of the support legs. Clear

access to outlets and jacks keeps the

ﬂoor free from running cords and

cables. And, the Vista Point5 offers easy

communications connections for up to

eight users. Make the most of any

meeting space with the Vista Point5.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 7

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems provide efficient, cost-effective, and attractive ways to bring connections wherever they're

needed in virtually any type of room. Available in a variety of sizes, capacities and materials, including aluminum, steel and

nonmetallic – Wiremold raceway systems are designed to install easily, perform flawlessly, and blend beautifully with

any décor. And now, they have designed-in compatibility for A/V applications.

FEATURES

DS4000®Series Raceway

•Aesthetic, curved profile offers increased wiring capacity over

conventional raceway profiles.

•Innovative Adjust-to-Fit™Couplings.

•Pre-scored integral divider with predrilled knockouts.

•Downward facing activations provide protection for

service connections.

•Bend radius control and obstacle avoidance fittings.

•Faster, easier installation than conventional raceway systems.

•Ideal for applications that requires a high capacity

metal raceway.

•Available prewired for fast track construction.

•Expanded color palette.

Dual-channel raceway with increased

capacity due to its unique profile,

integral divider and downward facing

activations. Ideal for any application

that requires a high capacity

metal raceway.

FEATURES

2400 Series™& 2400D Series™Raceway

•Low profile raceway available in both single- and

dual-channel versions.

•Ideal for classrooms, hotel and office applications.

•Open power, A/V, and communication configurability.

•Downward facing activations.

•One-gang, two-gang, and over-the-raceway device boxes.

•In-line field-configurable receptacles.

•Full 2" [51mm] bend radius control fittings.

•Bridge fittings for crossing existing 500®, 700®, and

2400 Series™Raceway installations.

Single- or dual-channel raceway. Easy-

to-install and ideal for basic power or

communication/low voltage installations

in classrooms, hotels, and anywhere a

low profile raceway solution is needed.

FEATURES

5400 Series™Raceway

•Large cable capacity in a low proﬁle design – Accommodates

needs now and in the future.

•Twin Snap cover – Complete segregation of access to

power and low voltage services for installation ﬂexibility.

•FiberReady Series Fittings snap on to overlap raceway for

an aesthetic installation. Fittings are UL veriﬁed for a 2" [51mm]

bend radius and exceed the recommendations of TIA/EIA 569-A.

•Corner drop feed – aesthetically pleasing solution for

feeding horizontal runs of raceway.

5400 Series Raceway provides wire

and cable management for power,

communication, and A/V applications.

For school and ofﬁce installations,

this is an ideal solution for providing

access to services while maintaining

wire and cabling ﬂexibility.

FEATURES

Overfloor Raceway

•Lowest profile overfloor raceway available.

•Four-channel raceway provides space for power, data, and A/V.

•Transition options for popular Wiremold surface raceway

systems and Vista Architectural Columns.

•Tamper-resistant design discourages unwanted access.

•Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines.

•Attaches directly to floor coverings for faster easier installation.

Wiremold OFR Series™Overfloor

Raceway System provides four-channels

of capacity and access to a wide range of

data and A/V connectivity options in the

smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA

compliant profile available in overfloor

raceway systems.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

8 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold products accept Ortronics®Series II®and TechChoice®communication and A/V devices.

Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices

including Extron®Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.

Why settle for the clutter of multiple wall boxes? Wiremold In-Wall Systems bring multiple services – power, A/V, and

communication – together to a single wall location, for a cleaner look and greater flexibility.

FEATURES

WallSource Service Boxes

•Designed to accommodate multiple services in a single device

box. Accepts power, communication, and A/V services in a

single location.

•Up to six-gangs of service capacity. Provides depth and capacity

for multiple types of devices.

•Improves room aesthetics by eliminating the need for multiple

wall plates and device boxes for multiple services.

WallSource™Multiple Service Boxes are

six-gang boxes that can accommodate

multiple services including power,

communication, and A/V eliminating

multiple drops and uneven wall

faceplates.

From a simple power outlet strip, to a surge protected, network controlled power distribution unit (PDU), Wiremold power

products offer the A/V professional a complete line of power distribution systems. Whether you need to provide power protection

to a workstation, a rack, or an entire building, Wiremold power products deliver the quality power you need.

FEATURES

Power Commander®Plus

•50Amp & 60Amp power distribution.

•Three-circuit design.

•UL489 breakers.

•50A single phase design.

•IEC receptacles.

•Easy swivel mounting.

Power Commander®Plus High Current

Power Distribution Units offer the

capacity to meet the

ever-increasing power

demands of data centers.

FEATURES

Power Commander®IQ

•Remote current & temperature monitoring.

•Individual outlet control for power recycling.

•Early warning of potential power or environmental problems.

•Remote power management for UP/Down sequencing

of equipment.

•Network security.

•Multiple alarm notification options.

Power Commander®IQ Power

Distribution Units offer remote current

and temperature monitoring of

connected equipment and individual

outlet control for power recycling.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 9

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

RAISED

FLOOR BOXES INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP, MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

FloorSource AF Series™

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size

Floor Type: Raised

Min. Floor Depth: 5"

Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

SAF21/2

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size

Floor Type: Raised

Min. Floor Depth: 2 1/2"

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex

AF-1, AF-3

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP, MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

FloorSource AC Series™

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size

Floor Type: Raised

Min. Floor Depth: 5"

Depth Behind Plates: 2" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

AC8850, AC8105

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP, MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

AC10105-2

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size

Floor Type: Raised

Min. Floor Depth: 5"

Depth Behind Plates: 2" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI,

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP, MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

FloorSource CRFB Series™

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-2" Trade Size

Floor Type: Raised

Min. Floor Depth: 7"

Depth Behind Plates: 2 1/4" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, 30A Receptacles

A/V COMPATIBILITY – Wiremold Pathways Quick Selection Guide

This Quick Selection Guide is designed to get you started. Use it to identify the series

of products best suited for your needs. Then refer to the product’s section of this

Product Guide for the information needed to complete your system solution.

CRFB

Note: Communication back plate can be removed

for more depth if needed.

Note: Communication back plate can be removed

for more depth if needed.

Note: Communication back plate can be removed

for more depth if needed.

Note: Communication back plate can be removed

for more depth if needed.

CONVENTION CENTER

FLOOR BOXES INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia &

Digital Media Wall

Plate Devices

Extron®AAP, MAAP, &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

CCBB Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4", 1 1/2", 2" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 6 1/4"

Capacity: 12 Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 3 3/4"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator, 30A

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

10 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

FLOOR BOXES INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP, MAAP, &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

RFB2 Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 2 1/2"-3 1/2"

Capacity: 2 Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 3"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP, MAAP, &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

RFB4 Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 2 1/2"-3 1/2"

Capacity: 4 Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 2"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

RFB6 Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 3 1/2"

Capacity: 6 Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/4"

Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia &

Digital Media Wall

Plate Devices

Extron®AAP, MAAP, &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

RFB9 & RFB11 Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 4"-6"

Capacity: 9-11 Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 2 1/2"

Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator, 30A

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 1" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: Up to 6"

Capacity: Single Gang

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size

Floor Type: Wood

Capacity: One- to Three-Gangs

Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"

Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

20A & 30 A Locking,

GFCI,

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP &

Decorator

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Pass & Seymour®

Activate,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: 3 1/4"-4 1/2"

Box Type: Stamped Steel & Cast Iron

Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

20A & 30 A Locking,

GFCI,

Resource RFB®Series

Ratchet-Pro™Series

880W Series™

OmniBox™Series

Altinex®Intera

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 1 1/4" Trade Size

Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade

Floor Depth: Up to 6"

Capacity: Single, Dual & Triple Gang

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"

Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator,

30A Locking

Modulink™880MP Series

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 11

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

POKE-THRU

DEVICES INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Evolution™Series Poke-Thru Devices

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Kramer®

Ortronics®Series II,

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

6AT Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2"

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator, 20A

Single Receptacle

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Kramer®

Ortronics®Series II,

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

8AT Series

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2"

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator, 20A

Single Receptacle

AV3 Series™Poke-Thru Devices

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II,

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4"

KO Size(s): 3/4"-1 1/4"

Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/4"

20A Duplex Proprietary

SERVICE FITTINGS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

525 Series™Service Fittings

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Pass & Seymour®

Activate,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Service Capacity: Single Service

System Compatibility: Underfloor Duct, Walkercell,

Flushduct

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/8"

Dimensions: 4 7/16"L x 3"H x 3 1/8"D

System Feed: 1" or 1 1/4" Trade Size

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Multiplex™Series Service Fittings

Altinex®Intera,

Extron®MAAP,

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Service Capacity: Dual Service, 1- & 2-Gang

System Compatibility: Underfloor Duct, Walkercell,

Flushduct

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"

Dimensions: 4 3/4"L x 3"H x 6 3/4"D

System Feed: 1" or 1 1/4" Trade Size

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

1-GANG 2-GANG

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

12 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

RACEWAY SYSTEMS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

DS4000®Series Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 3/4", 1 1/4", 2 1/8" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 2 7/8" in single channel,

5 3/4" crossover, both channels

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

2400 Series™& 2400D Series™Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 2"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

5400 Series™Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4", Also available with

angled plate for increased depth

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

3000 Series™Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

4000 Series™Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4", Also available with

angled plate for increased depth

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

OFR Series™Overfloor Raceway

Altinex®Intera

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 1 1/4" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 4 3/4"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI,

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY • 13

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

VERTICAL SOLUTIONS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Vista™Architectural Columns

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

End Channel Profile: Round or Square

Dimensions: 4" x 9" or 4" x 13 1/2"

Height: 10' (up to 15' with Extension Kit)

Service Capability: Dual

KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"

Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Vista™CP Consolidation Point

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

End Channel Profile: Round or Square

Dimensions: 4" x 13 1/2"

Height: 10' (up to 15' with Extension Kit)

Service Capability: Dual

KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"

Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Vista™Point5 Architectural Column

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

End Channel Profile: Round or Square

Dimensions: 4" x 9" or 4" x 13 1/2"

Height: 3'

Service Capability: Dual

KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"

Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

Tele-Power®Poles

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

V30TP-4V

Dimensions: 3" x 2 3/4"

Height: 10', 12' standard lengths

Service Capability: Dual

KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plate: 2 7/8"

Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

14 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

WORK SURFACE

SOLUTIONS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

Ortronics®Series II Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Pop-Up Portals

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired

Dimensions: 4 7/8"L x 4 3/4"W or 9 1/4"L x 4 3/4"W

Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/2"

15A or 20A Duplex

IN-WALL SYSTEMS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

WallSource™Service Boxes

Altinex®Intera

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Configuration(s): 2-, 4- or 6-Gang

Dimensions: 2-Gang – 4 3/4"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D

4-Gang – 9 3/16"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D

6-Gang – 13 3/16"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D

KO Sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/2" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/4"

15A & 20A Duplex,

GFCI, Decorator

dequorum™Work Surface Portals

Extron®AAP & MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired

Dimensions: 3 3/8"D x 7 7/8"L x 5 1/8"W

Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/4" With Back Plate Installed

15A or 20A Receptacles

Pre-loaded

TableSource

™Work Surface Modules

Crestron®QuickMedia

Wall Plate Device

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Series II &

TracJack,

Wiremold Open System

CM2 Series accepts

Avaya/Systimax,

Keystone & Nordx

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired

Dimensions: 6 5/7"L x 2"W x 2"H or

9 1/10"L x 2"W x 2"H

Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/8"

15A Duplex, GFCI,

Flip-Up Portals

FIRE STOP FITTINGS INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS COMMUNICATION

COMPATIBILITY

POWER

COMPATIBILITY

A/V

COMPATIBILITY

FlameStopper™Series Thru-Wall & Thru-Floor Fittings

Configuration(s): 2" & 4" Trade Size Conduit Sleeves

Dimensions: 6 1/4" x 6" x 1 3/4"

3 3/4" x 3 5/8" x 1 3/4"

Applications: New & Retrofit Construction

Extron®MAAP

Ortronics®Series II

Ortronics®Cat 6 RJ45

Keystone

Evolution™Series Power Feeds: Cord Ended

Dimensions: 6" or 8" Diameter

Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

Four Single 20A

Proprietary

Wiremold®pathways and cable management systems offer a wide

range of options for providing datacom connectivity including:

Ortronics®Connectivity .................................................... 16

Wiremold®Open System Connectivity .............................. 16

Wiremold®CM Series Communication Modules .............. 17

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

16 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

TracJack Individual Jack System

•Front-loading, snap-in design supports future moves adds and changes

•Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video

•Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media

•Flat or angled 45° exit configurations

•Choice of 13 colors and color matched to Wiremold systems

•Universal T568A/B wiring format

Series II Front-Loading, Module System

•Module design features easy snap-in front-loading design

•Linear 110 punch down format for easy termination

•Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video

•Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media

•Available in flat or angled 45° exit configurations

•Color matched to Wiremold Systems

For detailed product selection refer to the Ortronics Catalog or visit www.ortronics.com.

ORTRONICS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD OPEN CONNECTIVITY SOLUTIONS

Wiremold Open System Communications Modules

•Accommodate a wide range of manufacturers’ communications outlets including keystone

jacks, as well as proprietary solutions from Systimax (Avaya) and NORDX

•Modules fit into a wide range of Wiremold Systems

•Pre-punched faceplates accept common communication devices

For more information on integrating connectivity into Wiremold Cable Management Systems,

contact the Wiremold Applications Engineering Team or your local Wiremold Sales Representative.

1. Bring all station cables through the opening in the device mounting bracket.

2. Mount communication devices in unloaded inserts and terminate or attach cable per

manufacturers instructions.

3. Reverse the module and snap into the device bracket. Entire faceplate must be filled

with inserts or blanks.

Typical Mounting Brackets

(4050, 5450, 5550, 40N2, 2344SD-2A, 2444D-2A and

WSA07A Device Mounting Plates)

1. Insert CM-EPLA end plate into the bracket opening.

2. Slide end plate to engage hooks into locking slots. (Be sure end plate edge is

seated against edge of trim plate opening.) Two end plates are required as shown.

3. After end plates are in place, install modules by aligning over space between end

plates and pushing inward until snaps engage. 6A configuring options apply to

opening as shown below.

TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR CABLE MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS

CM-EPLA

Typical raceway device

bracket holecut

CM SERIES™COMMUNICATION MODULES

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY • 17

CM Series™Communication Modules provide a variety of unloaded

modules to accept devices from other manufacturers. These open system

modules provide a flexible and aesthetically pleasing way to connect

communication cabling at the point-of-use.

CM Series™Communication Modules UL Code Reference ................ 17

CM Series™Communication Modules Color Options ........................ 17

CM Series™Communication Modules Ordering Information ............ 17

CM Series™Communication Modules

Specialty Mounting Bezels & Adapters Ordering Information .......... 18

CM Series Communication Modules.

CM SERIES™

COMMUNICATION

CM Series™Communication Modules standard

color is ivory. For other colors, add one of the

following suffixes: “-WH” for white, “-GY” for

light gray (matches aluminum and nonmetallic

products), “-BK” for black, or “-G” for gray

(matches Wiremold gray steel products). Ivory Gray (-GY)

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES COLOR OPTIONS

MODULES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication Circuit Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR.

Meets Article 800 of NEC. Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

Black White Gray (-G)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM2-U2ATT 2A SINGLE SYSTIMAX (AVAYA)

CM2-U2ATT-WH UNLOADED MODULE –

CM2-U2ATT-GY Accepts both M-series jacks and

CM2-U2ATT-BK LC fiber adapters.

CM2-U2ATT-G

CM2-U1NOR 2A SINGLE FLUSHMOUNT NORDX/CDT

CM2-U1NOR-WH UNLOADED MODULE –

CM2-U1NOR-GY Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and

CM2-U1NOR-BK fiber modules.

CM2-U1NOR-G

CM2-U2NOR 2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT NORDX/CDT

CM2-U2NOR-WH UNLOADED MODULE –

CM2-U2NOR-GY Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and

CM2-U2NOR-BK fiber modules.

CM2-U2NOR-G

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM2-U1KEYA 2A SINGLE FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED

CM2-U1KEYA-WH KEYSTONE MODULE –

CM2-U1KEYA-GY Accepts keystone jacks with a latching

CM2-U1KEYA-BK area of 0.58" x 0.76"

CM2-U1KEYA-G [14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

CM2-U2KEYA 2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED

CM2-U2KEYA-WH KEYSTONE MODULE –

CM2-U2KEYA-GY Accepts keystone jacks with a latching

CM2-U2KEYA-BK area of 0.58" x 0.76"

CM2-U2KEYA-G [14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

CM2-U1ATT 2A SINGLE SYSTIMAX (AVAYA)

CM2-U1ATT-WH UNLOADED MODULE –

CM2-U1ATT-GY Accepts both M-series jacks and

CM2-U1ATT-BK LC fiber adapters.

CM2-U1ATT-G

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES ORDERING INFORMATION

Fog White

CM SERIES™COMMUNICATION MODULES

18 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM2-U2AMP 2A UNLOADED SINGLE

CM2-U2AMP-WH AMP NETCONNECT MODULE –

CM2-U2AMP-GY For mounting two AMP NETCONNECT

CM2-U2AMP-BK SL Series devices.

CM2-U2AMP-G

CM2-BL 2A BLANK MODULE –

CM2-BL-WH Required to fill unused openings.

CM2-BL-GY

CM2-BL-BK

CM2-BL-G

CM2-U2SVGA 2A SVGA MODULE –

CM2-U2SVGA-WH Accepts one SVGA connector.

CM2-U2SVGA-GY

CM2-U2SVGA-BK

CM2-U2SVGA-G

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM2-U2ST 2A DUAL UNLOADED

CM2-U2ST-WH ST ADAPTER MODULE –

CM2-U2ST-GY Accepts 2 ST adapters.

CM2-U2ST-BK

CM2-U2ST-G

CM2-U2SC 2A UNLOADED DUPLEX

CM2-U2SC-WH SC ADAPTER MODULE –

CM2-U2SC-GY Accepts one SC adapter.

CM2-U2SC-BK

CM2-U2SC-G

CM2-U2TJ 2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED

CM2-U2TJ-WH ORTRONICS®TRACJACK MODULE –

CM2-U2TJ-GY For mounting two TracJack devices.

CM2-U2TJ-BK

CM2-U2TJ-G

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ABS2 ORTRONICS®SERIES II 2A MINI

ABS2-WH ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –

ABS2-GY Accepts one Ortronics Series II

ABS2-BK 1-unit insert.

ABS2-G

CM-MAB 6A MINI ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –

CM-MAB-GY 6A opening. Must be purchased

CM-MAB-BK separately for mounting communication

CM-MAB-FW modules in Walker service fittings where

it is indicated they are not included.

MAB6TJ ORTRONICS®TRACJACK 6A

MAB6TJ-WH ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –

MAB6TJ-GY Accepts six Ortronics TracJack inserts.

MAB6TJ-BK

MAB6TJ-G

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM-EPLA END PLATE –

CM-EPLA-WH End plates with two outlet ID labels with

CM-EPLA-FW clear covers and two matching screw

CM-EPLA-G covers. Required when mounting

modules into 4050, 5450, 5550, and

WSA07-4A device mounting brackets,

and the V2444D-2A and 2344SD-2A

2-gang divided raceway box.

CM-2AB CM2/ACTIVATE 2A MINI ADAPTER

CM-2AB-WH MOUNTING BEZEL –

CM-2AB-GY Accepts one CM2 Series communication

CM-2AB-BK module or one Pass & Seymour 2A

CM-2AB-G Activate Series insert.

AB2TJ ORTRONICS®TRACJACK 2A MINI

AB2TJ-WH ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –

AB2TJ-GY Accepts two Ortronics Tracjack Inserts.

AB2TJ-BK

AB2TJ-G

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES SPECIALTY MOUNTING BEZELS & ADAPTERS ORDERING INFORMATION

CM SERIES™COMMUNICATION MODULES

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY • 19

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM-DAP DOUBLE-GANG ANGLED FACEPLATE –

CM-DAP-WH For mounting four CM2 Series modules

CM-DAP-GY or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

CM-DAP-BK device modules.

CM-DAP-G

CM-DFP DOUBLE-GANG FACEPLATE –

CM-DFP-WH For mounting six CM2 Series modules

CM-DFP-GY or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

CM-DFP-BK device modules.

CM-DFP-G

CM-SFP SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE –

CM-SFP-WH For mounting three CM2 Series modules

CM-SFP-GY or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

CM-SFP-BK device modules.

CM-SFP-G

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

MAB3S2 ORTRONICS®SERIES II 6A

MAB3S2-GY ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –

MAB3S2-BK Accepts three Ortronics Series II

MAB3S2-G 1-unit inserts.

CM-ARA ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

CM-ARA-WH For use with multi-channel raceway

CM-ARA-GY device brackets and WallSource device

CM-ARA-BK mounting brackets. Angled exit provides

CM-ARA-G additional mounting depth required for

audio/visual connections as well as

ensuring the required bend radius for

UTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two

CM2 Series modules or two 2A inserts.

Fits 5507 Series Faceplate opening.

CM-SAP SINGLE-GANG ANGLED FACEPLATE –

CM-SAP-WH For mounting two CM2 Series modules

CM-SAP-GY or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

CM-SAP-BK device modules.

CM-SAP-G

ARA-S2-IV ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

ARA-S2-FW For use with multi-channel raceway

ARA-S2-BK device brackets and WallSource

ARA-S2-G device mounting brackets. Angled

ARA-S2-WH exit provides additional mounting

depth required for A/V connections

as well as ensuring the required

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

cabling. Holds two Ortronics®

Series II modules.Fits 5507 Series

Faceplate opening.

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES SPECIALTY MOUNTING BEZELS & ADAPTERS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

20 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

____________________________________________________________________________________

Wiremold®Steel Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders

in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions

for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Steel

Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest quality, most

dependable solutions for installers, building owners, and designers.

With the introduction of our new 4000®Designer Series Raceway

System, we’re again pushing the envelope by expanding the

capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface raceway systems.

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................ 22

One-Piece Steel Raceway Systems

500®& 700®Series Raceway ........................................ 23

Two-Piece Steel Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Systems

2000®Series Raceway .................................................. 31

2400 Series™Raceway .................................................. 34

2400D Series™Raceway ................................................ 39

3000®Series Raceway .................................................. 43

4000 Designer Series Raceway

DS4000®Series Raceway .............................................. 48

Two-Piece Steel Large Multiple-Channel Raceway Systems

4000®Series Raceway .................................................. 53

4047 Series™Device Plates .......................................... 58

S4000®Series Stainless Steel Raceway ...................... 61

6000®Series Raceway .................................................. 67

Multi-Compartment Surface Metal Raceway Systems

AnySize™Series Raceway .............................................. 71

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

22 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY

500®SERIES RACEWAY 700®SERIES RACEWAY

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2400D SERIES™RACEWAY 3000®SERIES RACEWAY

2000®SERIES RACEWAY

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 9/32"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2400™SERIES RACEWAY

6000®SERIES RACEWAY

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

TYPE:One-Piece, Single-Channel

CAPACITY:0.19in2[123mm2]

COLORS:Ivory

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single-Channel

CAPACITY:0.26in2[168mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, White

17/32"

[13.5mm] 21/32"

[16.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single-Channel

CAPACITY:0.80in2[516mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, Gray

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single-Channel

CAPACITY:1.39in2[897mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, Fog White

1/3 2/3

TYPE:Two-Piece, Dual-Channel

CAPACITY:1/3 Comp.: 0.374in2[241mm2],

2/3 Comp.: 0.865in2[558mm2],

COLORS:Ivory, Fog White

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single-Channel

CAPACITY:3.70in2[2340mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, Gray

TYPE:Three-Piece, Dual-Channel

CAPACITY:Each Compartment: 5.01in2[3235mm2]

COLORS:Designer Ivory, Designer Gray,

Matte Black, Metallic Bronze

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel

CAPACITY:Divided: 3.10in2[2000mm2],

Undivided: 7.20in2[4645mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, Gray, Stainless

TYPE:Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel

CAPACITY:Divided: 7.20in2[4645mm2],

Undivided: 16.00in2[10320mm2]

COLORS:Ivory, Gray

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 23

2089E Reducing Fitting

504 Mounting Strap

506 Cover Clip

511 Flat Elbow

517 Internal Elbow

518 External Elbow

5703 Supporting Clip

5715 Tee

5719 Corner Box

5734A Utility Box

5738 Fixture Box Solid Base

5739 Fixture Box Solid Base

5744 Extra Deep Device Box

5747-2 Two-Gang Shallow Device Box

5748S Shallow Device Box

5748-2 Two-Gang Device Box

5748-3 Three-Gang Device Box

5752 Alarm Device Box

5753 Extra Deep Alarm Device Box

5781 Box Connector

5782

1/2" [12.7mm] Conduit Connector

5785 Combination Connector

5786 Adjustable Offset Connector

5724O Single Pole Switch and Box

57242 Utility Box

57243G Duplex Receptacle and Box

One-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power or communication/low voltage installations. Provides low profile

appearance that blends with any decor.

500®& 700®Series Raceways UL Code Reference ................ 23

500®& 700®Series Raceways Color Options............................23

500®& 700®Series Raceways System Layout ........................ 23

500®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................... 24

500®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 24

700®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................... 25

700®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 25

500®& 700®Series Fittings Ordering Information ................ 26

500®& 700®Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...............27

500®& 700®Series Device Boxes Ordering Information ........ 28

500®& 700®Series Tools Ordering Information .................... 30

500®& 700®Series Installation Details .................................. 30

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

511

5785

4 11/16" [119mm] Utility Box

5738

5715

V5703

517

5734A

5719

Firehorn Box 5753

V5739

5752

5748S

504

5744

518

5748-2 5748-3

518

5782

57243G

57240 V5786

5781 Panel Box

2089E

Plugmold

57242

504

5747-2

506

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

500 Series Raceway components

used in a ceiling fan installation.

KEY

500®&700®

SERIES

500®and 700®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix

have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a

white finish. Some Device Boxes used in safety applications

are also available with a red painted finish.

Ivory White

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAYS

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

24 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 2

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 0

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 2

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 3

500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V512 45° FLAT ELBOW –

Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

V517 INTERNAL ELBOW –

Inside right angle turns.

V518 OUTSIDE ELBOW –

Outside right angle turns.

5700LL LASER LEVEL FOR 500/700 SERIES

RACEWAY –

Attaches to outlet box base and raceway

fittings for perfect alignment of runs

of raceway.

5700CG CUTTING GUIDE FOR 500/700 SERIES

RACEWAY –

Attaches to step ladder and holds

raceway channel securely for

accurate cuts.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V500 ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –

040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.

Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'

[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701 Coupling

furnished with each length.

V500-5 ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –

Same as V500 Raceway except in 5'

[1.5m] lengths, 50' [15m] per carton.

One (1) 5701 Coupling furnished with

each 5' [1.5m] length.

605 500 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –

Single action portable cutter. Fast and

easy square cuts.

605K REPLACEMENT BLADES –

Case hard steel replacement blades

for 605 Raceway Cutter.

502 BUSHING –

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips

into open end of 500 Series Raceway.

V504 MOUNTING STRAP (One- or Two-Hole) –

Converts to one-hole by breaking off at

score. Lanced tab holds strap in place

while fastening to surface.

V506 CONNECTION COVER –

Covers seam where two lengths of

500 Series Raceway come together.

V511 FLAT ELBOW –

Right angle turns on the same surface.

1 13/16"

[46mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws

except V504. With V504, use #8 panhead screws.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

17/32"

[13.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

17/32"

[13.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 25

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V711 FLAT ELBOW –

711WH Right angle turns on the same surface.

V712 45° FLAT ELBOW –

712WH Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

V717 INTERNAL ELBOW –

717WH Inside right angle turns.

V718 OUTSIDE ELBOW –

718WH Outside right angle turns.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

WHWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

WWE-P Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V700 ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –

700WH 040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.

Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'

[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701

Coupling furnished with each length.

607 700 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –

Single action portable cutter. Fast and

easy square cuts.

607K REPLACEMENT BLADES –

Replacement case hard steel blades

for 607 Raceway Cutter.

702 BUSHING –

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into

open end of 700 Series Raceway.

V704 MOUNTING STRAP (One -or Two-Hole) –

704WH Converts to one-hole by breaking off at

score. Lanced tab holds strap in place

while fastening to surface.

V706 CONNECTION COVER –

706WH Covers seam where two lengths of

700 Series Raceway come together.

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

21/32"

[16.7mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws

except V704. With V704, use #8 panhead screws.

700 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 10

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

26 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5719 CORNER BOX –

5719WH For feeding raceway from ceiling or

floor Allows for ample splice room.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO.

V5760 BLANK EXTENSION BOX –

Extension for existing flush switch and

receptacle boxes to blank original

outlet. Closed base version available

as a special order.

5780 SPECIAL NIPPLE (Galvanized) –

For hanging either 3/8" [9.5mm] or 1/2"

[12.7mm] fixtures to Wiremold fittings

with 1/2" trade size KOs. Has female

3/8" [9.5mm] pipe thread inside and

male 1/2" [12.7mm] pipe thread outside.

5781 BOX CONNECTOR (Galvanized) –

5781A Male connector for connecting raceway

to conduit boxes or panel boxes that

have KOs for conduit. Can also be used

with conduit type fittings. When used

with 700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in connector. 5781

has 1/2" trade size conduit opening

and 5781A has 3/4" trade size

conduit opening

5782 CONDUIT CONNECTOR (Galvanized) –

5782A Interior threaded female connector for

connecting raceway to conduit. When

used with 700 Series Raceway, break

out crescent twistout in connector.

5782 has 1/2" trade size conduit

opening and 5782A has 3/4" trade size

conduit opening.

V5783 ELBOW BOX CONNECTOR –

Connects raceway at right angles

to conduit boxes or panel boxes that

have 1/2" trade size conduit KOs. When

used with 700 Series Raceway, break

out crescent twistout in cover.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5700F FLEXIBLE SECTION –

For installing raceway around offsets,

side bends, twisted turns, and curved

surfaces. Wire fill capacity is the

same as 500 & 700 Series Raceways.

Consult factory for custom lengths.

Maximum painted length 3' [915mm].

5701 COUPLING –

Joins and supports lengths of 500 or

700 Series Raceway. One coupling

included with each length of raceway.

V5703 SUPPORTING CLIP –

5703WH Supports lengths of 500 and 700

Series Raceway.

5709 GROUND CLAMP –

Provides additional grounding for 500

or 700 Series Raceway or to ground

remotely located devices. Insert clamp

into raceway before installing. Attach

ground wire to screw as required by

National Electrical Code.

5709GC GROUNDING CONNECTOR –

Provides grounding means for 1/2"

trade size conduit using lock nut.

V5711LHA INTERNAL TWIST ELBOWS –

V5711RHA 90° twist with a 90° turn. For double

5711LHAWH turn at right angles from one surface to

5711RHAWH another. For transitions from a sidewall

to ceiling or edge of door or window

trim. Twistout in cover adapts for use

with 700 Series Raceway.

V5715 TEE –

5715WH Connects branches of 700 Series

Raceway at right angles. When used

with 700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in cover.

18" [457mm]

Overall

[51mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[51mm]

[25mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm] 2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION

5711RHA

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 27

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5784 ELBOW BOX CONNECTOR –

Connects raceway at right angles

to 1/2" trade size conduit or armored

cable connectors. When used with 700

Series Raceway, break out crescent

twistout in cover.

V5785 COMBINATION CONNECTOR –

5785WH Connects raceway, without

offsetting, to any surface-mounted

3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or 102mm] outlet

box with 1/2" trade size conduit KOs.

Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs, one

on end and one on bottom. Included

spring steel bushing eliminates need

for conduit nipple and locknut for end

connection to box. When used with

700 Series Raceway, break off

cover extension.

V5786 ADJUSTABLE OFFSET CONNECTOR –

5786WH Eliminates need to offset raceway when

connecting to surface type panel boxes.

Adjustment from surface to center of

bushings is 5/8" [15.9mm] minimum to

1 3/8" [35mm] maximum. When used as

adjustable offset connector, break out

metal between the two holes. When

used with 700 Series Raceway, break

out crescent twistout in cover. 1/2"

trade size chase nipple and

locknut furnished.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5790B ARMORED CABLE CONNECTOR

(Galvanized) – Connects 14/2, 14/3,

12/2, and 12/3 “MC” and armored cable

to Wiremold fittings. A short piece of

500 or 700 Series Raceway (1 5/8"

[41mm] min.) must be used between

connector and Wiremold fittings.

Not for use with 1/2" [12.7mm]

flex conduit.

5791 EMT CONNECTOR –

Connects 1/2" trade size EMT to

5700 Series rectangular and round

device boxes (except 5733). Derates

the fill capacity of the EMT.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

500 Series, 700 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 1517B

500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089

500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E

Existing Outlet 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5751

Panel Box 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5786

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782, V5784

3/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782A

Boxes with 1/2" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781, V5785

Boxes with 3/4" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5737, V5737A, V5739

Single-Gang Two-Gang V5735, V5744-2, V5744S-2,

Outlet Box Surface Box V5747-2, V5748-2

14/2, 14/3, 12/2, 12/3 Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5790B

1/2" trade size EMT 5700 Series Boxes 5791

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

1 1/4"

[32mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[76mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 3/8"

[61mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

[25mm]

[51mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 1/4"

[32mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

28 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5731 BLANK COVER –

Use with 5733 Outlet Box to convert box

into pull or junction box. Has 1/2" trade

size KO in center.

V5733 OUTLET BOX –

For devices with mounting screw

centers of 1 15/32", 1 5/8", 1 11/16", or

1 27/32" [37mm, 41mm, 44mm, or

46mm]. Will accept any device that

mounts on “G” or “H” type

conduit fittings.

V5735 DISTRIBUTION BOX –

Twistouts permit use of three parallel

raceway runs on each side. Base has

1/2" and 1" concentric trade size KOs

and a 1 13/16" [46mm] x 2 7/8" [73mm]

rectangular KO to mount on a one-gang

in-wall outlet box. Cover accepts devices

with mounting screw centers of 2 3/4",

3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm or

103mm], and canopy fixtures no larger

than 4 5/8" [117mm] in diameter.

With 5736 Blank Cover, this fitting can

be used as junction box, pull box, etc.

V5736 BLANK COVER –

5736WH 1/2" trade size KO in center. For use

with 5735, 5737, 5737A, 5738, 5738AF,

5739, 5739A or 2135 Device Boxes.

Converts these boxes into pull or

junction boxes or for hanging

lightweight pendant fixtures with 1/2"

trade size pipe stems.

V5737 OPEN BASE EXTENSION BOX –

5737WH Mounts on 3 1/4" or 4" [83mm

V5737A or 102mm] conduit boxes or other

5737AWH recessed outlets. Cover accepts devices

V5739A with mounting screw centers of 2 3/4",

3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm, or

103mm]. Can be used with 5736 Blank

Cover as a pull or junction box

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5738 SOLID BASE FIXTURE BOX –

5738WH Used to hang fixtures. Cover accepts

V5738A devices with mounting screw centers of

5738AWH 2 3/4", 3 1/2", and 4 1/16" [70mm,

V5739 89mm, and103mm]. Base has four holes

5739WH for fixture studs, four 1/2" trade size

KOs, and raised section for no-bolt

fixture-stud. Use as a junction or

pull box with 5736 Blank Cover.

V5738AF SOLID BASE FAN BOX –

5738AFWH Cover accepts fan bracket with

mounting centers of 3 3/16" [81mm].

Base has six mounting holes and 4 1/2"

trade size KOs. #10 mounting studs

provided. Rated for fans and fixtures up

to 50 lbs.

V57240 15A, 125V SINGLE POLE

SWITCH & BOX –

Single pole switch included. Accepts

standard single-gang switches

including three-way. Cover has

twistouts for 500 or 700 Series Raceway

on each end and sides. Twistouts on

ends of box permit running raceway

close to interior trim. Base has 1/2"

trade size KOs.

V57242 UTILITY BOX –

Can be used as tee, cross, pull box,

junction box, or blank box. Cover has

1/2" trade size KO and twistouts for 500,

and 700 Series Raceway on each end

and sides. Twistouts on ends of box

permit running raceway close to interior

trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

V57243G 15A, 125V DUPLEX GROUNDING

RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-15R) & BOX –

Accommodates 15A (NEMA 5-15R) or

20A (NEMA 5-20R) duplex devices in

place of duplex grounding receptacle

included. Cover has twistouts for 500

and 700 Series Raceway on each end

and sides. Twistouts on ends of box

permit running raceway close to interior

trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

2 3/8" [61mm] Dia.

1/4"

[6.4mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

3" Dia.

[76mm]

4 3/4" sq.

[121mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

[25mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

CAT. NO. DIA. A.

5738 4 3/4" [121mm]

5738A 5 1/2" [140mm]

5739 6 3/8" [162mm]

CAT. NO. DIA. A.

5737 4 3/4" [121mm]

5737A 5 1/2" [140mm]

5739A 6 3/8" [162mm]

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified with this symbol are Certified

to Canadian Safety Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the

next page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to “WHC” to denote the

Canadian versions.

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 29

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5741 SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –

5741WH For shallow type switches (three-way,

single, and double pole) and receptacles,

including three-wire locking receptacles

and single-gang combination devices.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO. Position

of twistouts on ends permits running

raceways close to interior trim.

V5744 EXTRA DEEP SWITCH &

V5744-2 RECEPTACLE BOX –

V5744-3 For deep devices such as momentary

5744WH contact, remote control switches,

5744-2WH and hospital signaling system devices.

Base has 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger

gang boxes available by special order.

V5744S DEEP SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –

V5744S-2 Designed especially for use in the

V5744S-3 installation of signal system and alarm

5744SWH wiring. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

5744S-2WH Larger gang boxes are available by

special order.

V5745 COMBINATION SWITCH &

5745WH RECEPTACLE BOX –

Connects to surface runs of

1/2" trade size conduit. Cover has

1/2" trade size KO and two raceway

twistouts on one end and three raceway

twistouts on opposite end, two 1/2"

KOs and a raceway twistout on each

side. Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs.

Larger gang boxes are available by

special order.

V5747 SHALLOW SWITCH &

V5747-2 RECEPTACLE BOX –

V5747-3 For standard shallow switches and

5747WH receptacles including single-gang

5747-2WH combination devices. Base has two 1/2"

trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes

available by special order.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5748 SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –

V5748-2 For deep switches and receptacles.

V5748-3 Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs.

V5748-4 Larger gang boxes available by

V5748-5 special order.

V5748-6

5748WH

5748-2WH

5748-3WH

V5748S SHALLOW SWITCH &

5748SWH RECEPTACLE BOX –

For shallow type duplex receptacles .

Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

V5751 FLUSH TYPE EXTENSION ADAPTER –

V5751-2 For extensions from existing flush

V5751-3 switch and receptacle boxes. Larger

5751WH gang boxes available by special order.

5751-2WH

V5751A DEEP FLUSH TYPE

5751AWH EXTENSION ADAPTER –

For deep extensions from existing

wall boxes.

CM-MMB-571 ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

Accepts one CM2 Wiremold Open

System Communications Module or one

Pass & Seymour®Activate Series Insert.

Compatible with 500 and 700 Series

Raceway. Ivory finish.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

CAT. NO. LW

GANGS

5744S 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

5744S-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

5744S-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

CAT. NO. LW

GANGS

5747 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

5747-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

5747-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

CAT. NO. LW

GANGS

5751 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

5751-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

5751-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

CAT. NO. LW

GANGS

5748 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

5748-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

5748-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

5748-4 4 5/8" [117mm] 8 11/32" [212mm] 4

5748-5 4 5/8" [117mm] 10 5/32" [258mm] 5

5748-6 4 5/8" [117mm]

11 31/32" [304mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 5/8"

[117mm] 1 3/8"

[35mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

CAT. NO. LW

GANGS

5744 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

5744-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

5744-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard

faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-

gang standard faceplates.

500®& 700®SERIES RACEWAYS

30 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

615 WIRE PULLEY – For fishing wires

around inside corners of 500 or 700

Series Raceway. When conductors are

through the run, detach pulley and snap

on appropriate internal elbow cover.

One 616 Fish Tape Leader included.

616 FISH TAPE LEADER – For pulling

conductors through 500 or 700 Series

Raceways. Holes provided for up

to eight conductors.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

600B WIREMOLD BENDER – For making

smooth, accurate bends, saddles and

offsets in Wiremold 500 and 700 Series

Raceways. Two-piece handle fits in

tool box.

Support Clip

Raceway

Strap

Raceway

Strap

Abutting Raceways

Snap Over Cover

1. Each length of Wiremold raceway is

furnished with a coupling. Push coupling

out to expose clearance hole (5701).

2. Fasten support clips (V5703) to surface at

approximately 32" [816mm] intervals. See

the Technical Information Section for

surface mounting methods. After support

clips are installed, snap raceway into clips.

3. As an alternate method of mounting

(especially if the surface is uneven), 504

or 704 straps can be used. Hold raceway

in position and fasten strap to surface.

Straps should be spaced no greater than

32" [816mm] O.C.

4. For added support or to secure raceway

prior to installing straps, fasten coupling

to surface through clearance holes (5701).

5. Slide adjoining section of raceway onto

coupling (5701).

NOTE: If raceway has been field cut, it must be

deburred prior to coupling.

6. If ends of adjoining raceways are not

square, use 506 or 706 Cover Connection

to fill gap.

7. Couple raceway to fitting base by slipping

tongue of fitting under the base of raceway.

(Use 502 or 702 Bushing to protect wires from

abrasion.) Do not mount more than one

fitting base at a time. Sequence should be

base, raceway, base, raceway, etc.

8. Fasten base of fitting to surface using proper

flat head fastener: #8 with V500 and V700

Series. See Technical Information Section

for surface mounting methods.

10.Pull wiring in. (Use 502 or 702 Bushing

to protect wires from abrasion.)

11.Remove proper twistouts in fitting cover(s)

with pliers. Twist inward as shown.

12.Install fitting cover(s) over raceway(s) and

fasten to fitting base with screws provided.

9. Determine desired location of

next fitting. Measure and cut

raceway as shown. Install fitting

base and raceway as in steps 1

and 2.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS

Raceway

Length

5/8"

[15.9mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Fitting Base

Distance

Between

Bases

Fitting Cover

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS TOOLS ORDERING INFORMATION

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5753 TWO-GANG EXTRA DEEP

R5753 ALARM DEVICE BOX –

For surface mounting of alarm devices

and safety signals designed to fit into 4"

[102mm] square back boxes. R5753

has red finish. Cover is 2 3/4" [70mm]

deep and has three twistouts for

raceways on each side. Base has 1/2"and

1" concentric and single-gang box KOs.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V5752 TWO-GANG ALARM DEVICE BOX –

R5752 For surface mounting of alarm devices

and safety signals designed to fit into

4" [102mm] square back boxes. Cover

has three raceway twistouts on each

side. Base has 1/2" and 1" concentric

and single-gang box KOs.

R5752 has red finish.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard

faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-

gang standard faceplates.

2000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 31

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

500 500 Series Raceway

518 External Elbow Fitting

2006 Cover Clip

2010A3 Entrance End Fitting

2010A2 Entrance End Fitting

2010B Blank End Fitting

2051H Flush Plate Adapter

2011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting

2015 Tee Fitting

2017TC Internal Corner Coupling

2018C External Elbow Cover

2048 Single-Gang Device Box

2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box

20GB506 Plugmold Strip

2051H Side-Reducing Fitting

2089A Flush Plate Adapter

2089E End-Reducing Connector

5748 Single-Gang Device Box

20GB506 Plugmold Strip

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power or communication/low voltage installations.

2000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 31

2000®Series Raceways Color Options ......................................31

2000®Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 31

2000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 32

2000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 32

2000®Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart .........................33

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for

showing product

applications only.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

2000 Series Raceway used to feed power to

an alarm device.

KEY

2000®

SERIES

2000®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have

an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray

finish. Part Numbers without a prefix or suffix have a

protective zinc finish.

Ivory Gray

2000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

2010B

2048-2

2015

2018C

2048

2011

20GB506 2010A3

5748

2089E

518

500

500 2010A2

2089A

5748

2048

2051H

2006

2017TC

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

2000®SERIES RACEWAY

32 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2000BC RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

G2000BC Packed ten (10) 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

V2000B-5 RACEWAY BASE –

G2000B-5 .040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty (20)

V2000B-10 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. 10' [3m]

G2000B-10 lengths (V2000B-10, G2000B-10) are

also available. Packed 100' [30.5m]

per carton.

V2000C RACEWAY COVER –

G2000C .025" [.8mm] steel. Packed twenty 5'

[1.5m] lengths per carton. Shipped

without receptacle hole cuts.

620 2000 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &

COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for both 2000 Series

Raceway Base and Cover. Provides

clean and easy square cuts every time.

620BCK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel replacement blades

and die set for 620 Cutter.

W30/W30G PRESSURE-TYPE WIRE CONNECTORS –

W30 – Common connection of two,

three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid

copper conductors.

W30G – Connection of equipment

grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors

No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;

20A 105° C maximum.

2000WC WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –

Additional support for conductors.

2001 COUPLING (Galvanized) –

Connects lengths of 2000B

Raceway Base.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 11

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 9

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 3

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 11

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 11

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 6

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH PLUGMOLD

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 75

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 75

2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2003 SUPPORTING CLIP –

2003 Supports lengths of 2000 Series

Raceway at any point desired. Mounts

to surface with No. 6 flathead screw.

2003 support clip has plated finish.

V2003 has ivory finish.

V2006 COVER CLIP –

G2006 Covers seam where two lengths of

2000 Series Raceway come together.

2009 GROUND CLAMP –

Connects equipment grounding

conductor. Provides an additional

ground for raceway.

V2010A2 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

G2010A2 Connects 2000 Series Raceway

to 1/2" trade size conduit or armored

cable connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs

located on end, sides, and bottom of

fitting. Includes ground screw.

V2010A3 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

G2010A3 Offers larger capacity than 2010A2.

1/2" trade size KOs located on end,

sides, and bottom of fitting. 3/4" KOs

on bottom and rear. Includes

ground screw.

V2010B BLANK END FITTING –

G2010B Closes off the open end of

2000 Series Raceway.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[51mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 13/64"

[30mm]

[76mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

How 2009 is used.

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[76mm]

1 29/32"

[47mm]

2 7/64"

[53mm]

NOTE: Not for use with

aluminum conductors.

2000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 33

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2048 SINGLE-GANG DEVICE BOX –

G2048 Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500, and

700 Series Raceways. Base has 1/2"

trade size KO and rectangular KO for

extension to wall box. Base has #10

threaded hole for ground connection.

V2048-2 TWO-GANG DEVICE BOX –

G2048-2 Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500, and

700 Series Raceways. Base has 1/2"

trade size KO and rectangular KO for

extension to wall box. Base has #10

threaded hole for ground connection.

V2051H FLUSH PLATE ADAPTER –

G2051H Feeds 2000 Series Raceway from

an existing wall outlet. Equipped with

1/2" trade size threaded stud, toothed

lock washer for grounding, and

conduit bushing.

V2089 SIDE REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Connects 2000 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway through the

side of 2000 Series Raceway.

V2089E END REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Connects 2000 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway through the

end of 2000 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2011 FLAT ELBOW FITTING –

G2011 For right angle turns on same surface.

Cover stop permits neat butting of

2000C Cover. Two couplings included.

V2015 TEE FITTING –

G2015 For branching raceway at right angles.

Three couplings included.

2017TC INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

Can be used as inside corner coupling

or as coupling and straight thru fitting.

Furnished with one fiber bushing.

V2018C EXTERNAL ELBOW COVER –

G2018C Covers gap when external corner is

made by notching and bending 2000B

Base. Continues raceway runs around

outside corners.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

GWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

GWE-S Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Each Leg

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

[152mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2017TC used as a

corner coupling.

2017TC used as a corner

coupling and a straight-

through fitting.

2017TC

2000B

2017TC

2000B

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Corner gap filler

snapped into

place in 2018C.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2000 Raceway extended

from wall outlet using 2051H.

2051H fastened to

horizontally mounted

wall box.

2051H fastened to

vertically mounted

wall box.

[152mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E, V2048, V2048-2

Existing Outlet 2000 Series Raceway V2051H

1/2" trade size Conduit 2000 Series Raceway V2010A2, V2010A3

or Armored Cable

2000 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

34 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2400BC

2406

2686FO

24DWND

24DWNR

2415FO

2411FO

2418FO

2448

2451H

4000

4089

2417FO 2410C

2407 Series

106 Frame

5744

500 500 Series Raceway

1500/2600 Raceway Feed

2400 2400 Series Raceway

2406 Cover Clip

2410C Entrance End Fitting

2411M Flat Elbow Fitting

2415M Tee Fitting

2417M Internal Elbow Fitting

2426 Lamp Holder

2686FO Transition Fitting

4089

Reducing Connector

2448 One-Gang Device Box

2418M External Elbow Fitting

2451H Back Feed Fitting

2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box

2475D Bridge Fitting

2489 Reducing Adapter

24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket

24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket

24S7218GBX99IV 2400 Series Plugmold Strip

4000 4000 Series Raceway

5747 Shallow Switch Box

Single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or

communication/low voltage installations in classrooms, hotels, and

anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.

2400 Series™Raceways System Layouts ................................ 34

2400 Series™Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 34

2400 Series™Raceways Color Options ......................................34

2400 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 35

2400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 35

2400 Series™Raceway Fittings Ordering Information ............ 35

2400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR POWER

2400 Series Raceway in a classroom installation.

KEY

2400

SERIES™

RACEWAY

1500/

2600

2686FO

2406

V2448

2426

2415M

5747

500

2451H

24DWND

24DWNR

2448-2

2417M

2489

2410C

2418M

2400

24S7218GBX99IV

2411M

4089

4000

500 500 Series Raceway

2400BC 2400 Series Raceway

2406 Cover Clip

2410C Entrance End Fitting

2411FO Radiused Flat Elbow

2415H Back Feed Fitting

2415FO Radiused Tee Fitting

2417FO Radiused Internal Elbow

2418FO Radiused External Elbow

2448 Device Box

2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box

2489 Side Reducing Connector

24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket

24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

4000 4000 Series Raceway

4089 Reducing Connector

5744 Extra Deep Device Box

2400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR COMMUNICATIONS KEY

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product

applications only.

2448-2

2489

500

2400 Series™Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have

an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog

white finish.

Ivory Fog White

2400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product

applications only.

2400 Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 35

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 19

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 5

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 4

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 20

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 20

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 10

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40%)

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH 2427

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 57 12

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 41 9

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 26 0

2400 RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER2400 RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2400B RACEWAY BASE –

V2400B-10 .040" [1.0mm] steel, 5' [1.5m] lengths.

2400B-FW Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per

2400B-10FW carton (V2400B, 2400B-FW) or ten 10'

[3m] lengths per carton (V2400B-10,

2400B-10FW).

V2400BC RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

2400BC-FW .040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten 5'

[1.5m] lengths of base and cover

per carton.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2400C RACEWAY COVER –

2400C-FW .040" [1.0mm] steel; packed twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

624 2400 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &

COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series

Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a

clean and easy square cut every time.

624BCK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel replacement blades

and die set for 624 Cutter.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 29/ 32"

[48mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

29/32"

[48mm]

1 29 / 32"

[48mm]

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2400WC WIRE CLIP –

Additional support for conductors.

(Nonmetallic)

2401 COUPLING –

Joins lengths of 2400B Base together.

V2406 COVER CLIP –

2406-FW Covers seams where two lengths of

2400 Series Raceway come

together (nonmetallic).

2409 GROUND CLAMP –

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide ground to 2400

Series Raceway. No. 10 ground

screw provided.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2410A ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2410A-FW Connects 2400 Series Raceway

with 1/2" trade size conduit or

armored cable.

V2410B BLANK END FITTING –

2410B-FW Closes off open end of 2400

Series Raceway.

V2410C ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2410C-FW Feeds 2400 Series Raceway. Includes

1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs

on end and bottom. Additional 1/2"

trade size KOs on each side.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION

[25mm]

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[51mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

2 11/16"

[68mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

36 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2418FO RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2418FO-FW 90° external elbow provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for fiber optic

and UTP/STP cable installations.

Two couplings included.

V2418M EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2418M-FW 90° external corners.

V2426 LAMP HOLDER –

2426-FW Medium base lamp holder 660W, 250V.

Black general purpose phenolic.

V24DWND DOWNWARD DUPLEX

24DWND-FW DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device

bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles or 106 style data frame.

V24DWNR DOWNWARD DECORATOR

24DWNR-FW DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device

bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A decorator

receptacles, GFCI receptacle, or 106

style data frame.

24DWNU DOWNWARD EXTRON®MAAP

24DWNU-FW DEVICE PLATE –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal

device plate. Accepts two Extron®

Electronics MAAP single space modules.

24DWNS DOWNWARD ORTRONICS®SERIES II

24DWNS-FW DEVICE PLATE –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal

device plate. Accepts one Ortronics®

Series II module.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2410DFO DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2410DFO-FW Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series Raceway.

Has 1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade size KOs on

back and end. Removable divider and

radiused insert included.

V2410FC FULL CAPACITY ENTRANCE

2410FC-FW END FITTING –

Feeds 2400 Series Raceway.

Has 3/4" and 1" concentric trade size

KOs located on each side.

V2411FO RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –

2411FO-FW 90° flat corner elbow provides 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius control for

fiber optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Ideal for lay-in or pull-

through installations.

Couplings included.

V2411M FLAT ELBOW –

2411M-FW Right angle turns on same surface.

V2415FO RADIUSED TEE FITTING –

2415FO-FW For branches at right angles. Provides

2" [51mm] cable bend radius control

for fiber optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Couplings included.

V2415M TEE FITTING –

2415M-FW For branching raceway at right angles.

Two couplings included.

V2417FO RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2417FO-FW 90° internal corner elbow provides 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius control

for fiber optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Two couplings included.

V2417M INTERNAL ELBOW –

2417M-FW Inside 90° angle turns.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm] 3"

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

10"

[254mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

[203mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

[102mm]

1 3/4"

[45mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

[127mm]

[76mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[127mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 37

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2448-2 DEVICE BOX –

2448-2FW Two-gang device box. Cover has

twistouts on all four sides for 2400

Series Raceway. Base has knockout to

enable extension from existing single-

gang, flush wall box and 1/2" trade size

KOs. Accepts industry standard

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

V2451H BACK FEED FITTING –

2451H-FW Feeds 2400 Series Raceway from an

existing outlet box. Includes 1/2"

trade size male bushing and lock nut

washer for grounding.

V2475D BRIDGE FITTING –

2475D-FW Allows 2400 Series Raceway runs

to bridge over existing installations

of 2400, 500, and 700 Series Raceways.

V2489 SIDE REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Connects 2400 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway.

2489TB TRANSITION BOX –

Connects existing installations of

2100 Series Raceway to 2400D

Series Raceway.

2686FO TRANSITION FEED FITTING –

Eliminates need to offset 2400 Series

Raceway when connecting with surface

panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1" concentric

trade size KOs with 1" trade size KO

elongated so adjustment from surface

to center of bushing is 1" [25mm]

minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm] maximum.

Has twistouts for transition to 1500 and

2600 Series Pancake Raceways.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2444 EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

2444-FW One-gang device box with extra depth

to allow installation of cabling that

requires greater bend radius and

storage. Cover has one twistout for

2400 Series Raceway on each side and

one twistout for 500 and 700 Series

Raceway on the top and bottom.

Accepts industry standard faceplates

for electrical and

communication devices.

V2444D DEVICE BOX –

2444D-FW One-gang labor saving, over-the-

raceway device box. Cover has

twistout on each side for 2400 Series

Raceway. Accepts industry standard

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

V2444-2 EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

2444-2FW Two-gang device box with extra depth

to allow installation of cabling that

requires greater bend radius and

storage. Cover has twistout on all four

sides for 2400 Series Raceway. Base

has knockout to enable extension from

existing single-gang flush wall box and

1/2" and 1" concentric trade size KOs.

Accepts industry standard faceplates for

electrical and communication devices.

V2444-2LS DEVICE BOX –

2444-2LSFW Two-gang labor saving, over-the-

raceway device box. Cover has

twistout on all four side for 2400 Series

Raceway. Accepts industry standard

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

V2448 DEVICE BOX –

2448-FW One-gang device box. Cover has

twistout for 2400 Series Raceway on

each side and one twistout for 500 and

700 Series Raceway on the top and

bottom. Base has knockout to

enable extension from existing single-

gang, flush wall box and 1/2" trade size

KOs. Accepts industry standard

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 5/8"

[117mm] 2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm] 2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

5 9/16"

[140mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add

“C” to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard

faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-

gang standard faceplates.

[51mm]

2 1/2"

[63mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[173mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2100

2400

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

38 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2427GA 15A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R receptacle.

Includes 10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails

and inline splice connectors.

IG2427GT 20A ISOLATED GROUND

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R orange

receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors.

IG2427GA 15A ISOLATED GROUND

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R orange

receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

DVWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

(Fog White) Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

DVWE-S Used for touching up small areas.

(Fog White) Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4089 REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Connects 4000 Series Raceway

to 2400 Series Raceway.

V2407-2CM 106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –

2407-2CMFW For installing two network wiring

keystone device modules in 2400

Series Raceway. Does not accept

Quad 106 Frame.

V2407-2TJ 106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –

2407-2TJFW For installing two Ortronics®TracJack

device modules in 2400 Series Raceway.

Does not accept Quad 106 Frame.

V2407-3TJ 106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –

2407-3TJFW For installing three Ortronics®Tracjack

device modules in 2400 Series Raceway.

Does not accept Quad 106 Frame.

V2427GT 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R receptacle.

Includes 10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails

and inline splice connectors.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm] 6"

[152mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm] 6"

[152mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm] 6"

[152mm]

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 39

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Dual channel version of 2400 Series Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for

basic power and communication/low voltage installations in classrooms,

hotels, and anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.

2400D Series Raceways UL Code Reference .......................... 39

2400D Series Raceways Color Options .................................... 39

2400D Series Raceways System Layout ................................ 39

2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Chart .................... 39

2400D Series Raceway Ordering Information ........................ 40

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information ........................ 42

2400D Series Raceway has two channels of

wiring capacity.

2400D®

SERIES

RACEWAY

2418DFO

2400D

2415DFO

4000 24DWND

24DWNR

4089

2411DFO

2444D 2417DFO

2410DFO

2444

2444D-2A

2400D 2400 Series Divided Raceway

2411DFO Radiused Divided Flat Elbow

2410DFO Divided Entrance End Fitting

2415DFO Radiused Divided Tee

2417DFO Radiused Divided Internal Elbow

2418DFO Divided External Elbow

2444 One-Gang Extra Deep Device Box

2444D One-Gang Device Box

2444D-2A Two-Gang Divided Device Box

24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket

24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket

2400D SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR POWER & DATA KEY

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

2400D

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 1/3 COMP 2/3 COMP

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 5 12

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 49

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 37

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 13

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 12

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 26

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 5 12

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 5 12

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 26

NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORS (40%)

WIRE SIZE O.D. 1/3 2/3

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] COMP COMP

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 11 26

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 9 19

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 6 11

2400D RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2400D RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2400D Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have

an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog

white finish.

Ivory Fog White

2400D SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

2400D Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

40 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2411DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –

2411DFO-FW 90° flat elbow with integral dividers.

Provide 2" [51mm] full capacity cable

bend radius control for fiber optic and

UTP/STPcable installations. Ideal for

lay-in or pull-through installations.

Two couplings included.

V2415DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED TEE –

2415DFO-FW For branching raceway at right angles.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

control for fiber optic and UTP/STP

cable installations. Couplings included.

V2417D DIVIDED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2417D-FW Internal 90° corners.

V2417DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2417DFO-FW 90° internal corner provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for fiber optic

and UTP/STP cable installations.

Two couplings included.

V2418DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED

2418DFO-FW EXTERNAL ELBOW –

90° external elbow provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for fiber optic

and UTP/STP cable installations.

Two couplings included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2400WC WIRE CLIP –

Additional support for conductors.

(Nonmetallic)

2401D DIVIDED COUPLING –

Joins lengths of 2400BD Divided Base.

V2406 COVER CLIP –

2406-FW Covers seam where two lengths of

2400D Series Raceway come

together (nonmetallic).

V2410BD DIVIDED BLANK END FITTING –

2410BD-FW Closes off open end of 2400D

Series Raceway.

V2410D DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2410D-FW Feeds 2400D Series Raceway. Back has

two 1/2" trade size KOs and two

rectangular KOs for communication

cabling. Additional 1" and 3/4"

concentric trade size KO on each side.

V2410DFO DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2410DFO-FW Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series Raceway.

Includes 1/2”, 3/4", and 1" trade size

KOs on back and end. Removable/

adjustable divider and radiused

insert included.

V2411D DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –

2411D-FW Right angle turns on the

same surface.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

624 2400 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &

COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series

Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a

clean and easy, square cut every time.

624BCK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel replacement blades

and die set for 624 Cutter.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2400BD DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE –

2400BD-FW .040" [1.0mm] steel. Divided into two

compartments (1/3 and 2/3 capacity).

Packed ten 10' [3.0m] lengths

per carton.

V2400C RACEWAY COVER –

2400C-FW .040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

2400D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 29/32"

[48mm]

1 29 / 32"

[48mm]

[51mm]

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

10"

[254mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

[203mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2400D SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION

1 3/4"

[45mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

[102mm]

[127mm]

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 41

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V2444D-2N DIVIDED DEVICE BOX –

2444D-2NFW Labor saving, over-the-raceway device

box. Divided, two-gang box allows both

power and low voltage at a single

point-of-use. For use with commercially

available faceplates.

V2450 DEVICE BRACKET –

2450-FW For use with 2444D-2N. Allows both

power and low voltage at a single point-

of-use. Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,

Ortronics®TracJack & Series II Modules

(requires S2-EPL Plate), Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts

(requires CM-EPLA Plate), and

Wiremold Open System Communication

Modules (requires CM-EPLA Plate).

V2475D BRIDGE FITTING –

2475D-FW Allows 2400D Series Raceway runs

to bridge over existing installations

of 2400, 2400D, 500, and 700

Series Raceways

V4089 REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Connects 4000 Series Raceway

to 2400D Series Raceway.

2489TB TRANSITION BOX –

Connects existing installations of

2100 Series Raceway to 2400D

Series Raceway.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

DVWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

(Fog White) Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

DVWE-S Used for touching up small areas.

(Fog White) Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V24DWND DOWNWARD DUPLEX

24DWND-FW DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device

bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles or 106 style data frame.

V24DWNR DOWNWARD DECORATOR

24DWNR-FW DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device

bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A decorator

receptacles, GFCI receptacle, or 106

style data frame.

V24DWNU DOWNWARD DEVICE PLATE –

24DWNU-FW Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal

device plate. Accepts two Extron®

Electronics MAAP single space modules.

V24DWNS DOWNWARD ORTRONICS®SERIES II

24DWNS-FW DEVICE PLATE –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal

device plate. Accepts one Ortronics®

Series II module.

V2444D DEVICE BOX –

2444D-FW One-gang labor saving, over-the-

raceway box. Cover has two twistouts

for 2400 Series Raceway. Accepts

industry standard faceplates for

electrical and communication devices.

V2444D-2A DIVIDED DEVICE BOX –

2444D-2AFW Divided, two-gang, labor saving over-

the-raceway device box. Allows both

power and low voltage at a single point-

of-use. Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,

Ortronics®TracJack & Series II Modules

(requires S2-EPL Plate), Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts

(requires CM-EPLA Plate), and

Wiremold Open System Communication

Modules (requires CM-EPLA Plate).

2400D SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm] 3/8"

[9.5mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm]

5 9/16"

[140mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[74mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” to the color

prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444” or “C2444-FW”.

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[173mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2100

2400

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™RACEWAY

42 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5507FRJ FLUSH DUAL RJ11/RJ45

5507FRJ-FW CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –

Accepts one or two keystone device

modules, recessed to provide a

flush installation. Has one keystone

opening and a KO for the other.

5507-4TJ ORTRONICS®FACEPLATE –

5507-4TJFW Accepts four Ortronics®TracJack

Devices.

5507-6TJ ORTRONICS®FACEPLATE –

5507-6TJFW Accepts six Ortronics®TracJack

Devices.

5507AAP EXTRON®AAP FACEPLATE –

5507AAP-WH Metal faceplate for use with two Extron®

5507AAP-G Electronics AAP single space modules.

5507AAP-BK

5507AAP-FW

5507MAAP EXTRON®MAAP FACEPLATE –

5507MAAP-WH Metal faceplate for use with four Extron®

5507MAAP-G Electronics MAAP single space modules.

5507MAAP-BK

5507MAAP-FW

CM-EPLA END PLATES –

CM-EPLA-FW Mounts Pass & Seymour®Activate

and Wiremold Open System

communication modules into 5507

opening. Includes two outlet

identification labels with clear covers

and two matching screw covers.

S2-EPL END PLATES –

S2-EPL-FW Mounts Ortronics®Series II modules

into 5507 opening. Includes two

outlet identification labels with

clear covers and two matching

screw covers.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5507AD MODULAR FURNITURE ADAPTER –

5507AD-FW Covers Activate modular furniture

adapter and other modular furniture

adapters. Not for use with decorator

(rectangular) style devices.

5507B BLANK FACEPLATE –

5507B-FW

Covers unused compartments in

the device bracket.

5507D DUPLEX FACEPLATE –

5507D-FW

Covers duplex style devices

including 106 Frame. ????

5507R RECTANGULAR FACEPLATE –

5507R-FW

Covers rectangular decorator

style devices.

5507SW SWITCH FACEPLATE –

5507SW-FW Covers standard toggle switches.

5507T1 SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –

5507T1-FW Covers single receptacles –

1.59" [40.4mm] diameter.

5507T2 SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –

5507T2-FW Covers single receptacles –

1.41" [35.8mm] diameter.

5507RJ DUAL RJ11/RJ45

5507RJ-FW CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –

Accepts one or two keystone device

modules. Has one keystone opening

and a KO for the other.

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION

NOTE: All 5507 Series Faceplates have standard dimensions of

4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].

Why Wiremold…

Developed by Bramic Creative

Business Products, this automated

conference table converts in less

than a minute into a fully functional

emergency command center.

Integral raceway puts multiple

systems at the fingertips of

emergency personnel, and keeps

everything organized and secure.

1 11/32"

[34mm]

2 11/16"

[68mm]

3000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 43

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3046KD

3011E 3018AE

3015E

3044-2

3043GE

3027AE

3033JE

3036HE

CONDUIT

3017TCE

CONDUIT

3010B

4000

4074A

Single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or

communication/low voltage installations. Well-suited for labs, hospitals,

or anywhere that requires the capacity of a medium size raceway.

3000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 43

3000®Series Raceways Color Options ......................................43

3000®Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 43

3000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 44

3000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 44

3000®Series Raceway Installation Details ............................ 47

3000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

3000 Series raceway used in a lab installation.

3010B Blank End Fitting

3011E 90° Flat Elbow

3015E Tee Fitting

3017TCE Internal Corner Coupling

3018AE External Corner Coupling

3027AE Single Receptacle Cover

3033JE Single Receptacle Cover

3036HE Blank Cover

3043GE Duplex Grounding

Receptacle & Cover

3044-2 Extra Deep Switch &

Receptacle Box

3046KD Circuit Breaker Housing

3082 Conduit Connector

4074A Take Off Connector –

4000 to 3000 Series Raceway

4000 4000 Series Raceway

CONDUIT 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible

Metal Conduit

KEY

3000®

SERIES

RACEWAY

3000®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.

Ivory Gray

3000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

3082

3000 Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

3000®SERIES RACEWAY

44 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 52

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 42

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 30

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 15

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 11

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 25

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 53

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 53

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 28

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH DUPLEX

WITH SURGE/ LARGE SINGLE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECT. DEVICES

GFCI DEVICES RECEPTACLES

1.59in.2[1025mm2] 2.30in.2[1485mm2] 3.00in.2[1935mm2]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 152 70 40 28

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 111 51 29 21

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 70 32 18 13

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 40 18 10 7

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 29 13 75

3000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

3000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3000B RACEWAY BASE –

G3000B .040" [1.0mm] steel, Packed in ten 10'

[3m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.

Base sections have predrilled 1/2" and

3/4" trade size entrance KOs

(spacing??) and 9/32" [7.1mm] dia.

mounting screw KOs on approx. 9 3/8"

[238mm] centers.

V3000CE RACEWAY COVER –

G3000CE .040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed in twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.

V3000C075 7.5" [191mm] PRECUT

G3000C075 RACEWAY COVER –

For mounting devices 12" [305mm]

on center using 3027AE,3033JE,

3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,

and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

V3000C195 19.5" [495mm] PRECUT

G3000C195 RACEWAY COVER –

For mounting devices 24" [610mm]

on center using 3027AE,3033JE,

3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,

and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

630B RACEWAY BASE CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 3000 Series

Raceway Base. Provides clean and

easy square cuts.

630BDK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel replacement blades

and die set for 630B Cutter.

630C RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 3000 Series

Raceway Cover. Provides clean and

easy square cuts.

630CDK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel replacement blades

and die set for 630C Cutter.

G3000WC WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –

Holds conductors in place.

G3001 COUPLING (Galvanized) –

Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 15/32"

[37mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

3000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 45

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3010C ENTRANCE END FITTING –

G3010C Connects 3000 Series Raceway to

rigid or flexible conduit. Concentric

1/2", 3/4" and 1" trade size KOs on end

and each side.

V3011E FLAT ELBOW FITTING –

G3011E Right angle turns on the same surface.

V3014C WALL BOX CONNECTOR –

G3014C Connects 3000 Series Raceway

from flushed-in wall box.

V3015E TEE FITTING –

G3015E For branching raceway at right angles.

Three couplings included.

V3017TCE INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

G3017TCE For surfaces at right angles, or for

use as a straight-through fitting. Solid

leg of base has concentric 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs.

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

GWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

GWE-P Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

G3001A RIGID INSIDE COUPLING (Galvanized) –

Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway in

installations where added rigidity is

required, such as when raceway is

suspended overhead.

V3003 SUPPORTING CLIP –

G3003 Supports lengths of 3000 Series

Raceway at any point along length.

Mounts with #8 flat head fasteners.

Includes set screw for locking

to raceway.

V3006E COVER CLIP –

G3006E Covers seam where two pieces of

3000 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

G3007C DEVICE BRACKET –

Mounts standard after-market devices

into 3000 Series Raceway. Accepts

single-gang devices with 3.281" [95mm]

mounting centers. Use with

commercially available flush plates

(not included).

G3008C C-HANGER –

Suspends 3000 Series Raceway from

structural ceilings. Designed for

use with 3/8" [9.5mm] threaded rod.

Hangers should be installed no more

than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

V3010AE ENTRANCE END FITTING –

G3010AE Connects 3000 Series Raceway to

1/2" trade size conduit and armored

cable connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs

on end and each side of fitting. Can be

connected to conduit boxes by using

1/2" chase nipple.

V3010B BLANK END FITTING –

G3010B Closes off open end of 3000 Series

Raceway. Has concentric 1/2" and

3/4"trade size KOs.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[152mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3 9/32"

[83mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

5 5/16"

[135mm]

G3008C

3000 Series

Raceway

G3008C C-Hanger can be mounted back-to-

back for double run of 3000 Series Raceway.

1 3/8"

[35mm] 2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[51mm]

[25mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm] 1 1/16"

[27mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

6" [152mm]

Each Leg

4" [102mm]

Each Leg

[203mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

[203mm]

10 1/4"

[260mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

G3017TCE

G3017TCE used as a

straight-through fitting.

#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG

THHN, THWN 13 18 24 55 75

Wire capacity when used as a straight-through fitting.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

3000®SERIES RACEWAY

46 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3044-2 EXTRA DEEP SWITCH &

G3044-2 RECEPTACLE BOX –

Two-gang. For standard 30A, 50A, and

60A receptacles. Four sides of cover

have one set of combination twistouts

for 3000 Series Raceway. Hole cut

in cover: 3 3/4" x 2 7/8" [95mm x

73mm]. Base has five 1/2" trade

size KOs.

V3046BE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –

G3046BE Installs commercially available

15A and 20A duplex receptacles or

106 style data frame into 3000

Series Raceway.

V3046H-2 TAP-OFF FITTING –

G3046H-2 For feeding out of the bottom of raceway.

Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs and twistout for communication

cables. Grommet furnished for

telephone KO.

V3046KD CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –

G3046KD Cover used as is with single-pole

breaker. KO is removed for two-pole.

For two-pole circuit breakers where

the toggle is center located, web is

snipped or cut out.

V3046KTSQ CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –

G3046KTSQ Mounts Square D™Quik-Gard QOB bolt-

on circuit breakers into 3000 Series

Raceway. Rated up to 50A maximum

capacity. Includes Square D QON3B

Compact Base for single- to three-pole

circuit breakers. For GFI breakers, use

Square D QOB-GFI Series.

V3046QOU CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –

G3046QOU Mounts Square D Type QOU one-,

two-, or three-pole breakers, rated up

to 50A maximum capacity, into

3000 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3018AE EXTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

G3018AE Right angle turns around

external corners.

V3027AE SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER –

G3027AE Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacles with face diameters of

1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm] into 3000

Series Raceway. G3007C Device

Bracket included.

V3028 UTILITY BOX –

G3028 Used as a tee, cross, junction box, or

for branch circuit extensions in

3000 Series Raceway. Cover has

raceway twistouts on all sides. Base

has five 1/2" trade size KOs and four

fixture mounting holes.

V3033JE SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER –

G3033JE Installs commercially available straight

blade and locking single receptacles

with face diameters of 1.56" -1.57"

(approximately [40mm]) into 3000

Series Raceway. G3007C Device

Bracket included.

V3036HE BLANK COVER –

G3036HE Use as a blank cover or tap off KO in

center of plate for 1/2" trade size

conduit. G3007C Device

Bracket included.

V3040CE SWITCH COVER –

G3040CE Installs commercially available

single-pole, two-pole, three-way or

four-way switches into 3000 Series

Raceway. G3007C Device

Bracket included.

V3043BE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –

G3043BE Installs commercially available 15A and

20A duplex receptacles or 106 style data

frame into 3000 Series Raceway.

G3007C Device Bracket included.

V3043GE DUPLEX GROUNDING

G3043GE RECEPTACLE COVER –

Installs commercially available

15A-125V (NEMA-15R) grounding

receptacles into 3000 Series Raceway.

Grounding receptacle included.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[102mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Use with G3017TCE to offset

around columns etc. (minimum

4" [102mm] offset).

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1.41"

[36mm]

Dia.

6 3/8" [162mm] Sq.

1 7/8"

[47mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1.58"

[40mm]

Dia.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 3/4"

[121mm]

5 3/8"

[137mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm] 1 15/16"

[49mm]

Two-pole circuit

breaker being

mounted on base

of G3046KD.

Single-pole circuit

breaker being

mounted on base

of G3046KD.

For use with the following

breakers rated 50A maximum.

General Electric: THQC, THHQC

Westinghouse: Quicklag C, QCH.

7 3/8"

[188mm] 2 3/4"

[70mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

7 3/8"

[187mm] 1 13/16"

46mm]

Wire capacity of 3000 Series Raceway with

G3046KD, KTSQO, QOU circuit breaker housings.

#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG

THHN, THWN 6810 18 26

3000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 47

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3046S BUMP-UP ORTRONICS®

G3046S SERIES II PLATE –

Device plate for use with three

Ortronics®Series II modules.

G3082 CONDUIT CONNECTOR –

Connects end of 3000 Series Raceway

to 1 1/2" trade size conduit or

armored cable.

DRP20A-V COLORMATCH IVORY DUPLEX

RECEPTACLE & PLATE –

Specification grade rated 20A 125V

NEMA 5-20R receptacle with color

matched nylon faceplate. Receptacle

has nylon face and thermoplastic base.

One-piece brass triple-wipe line

contacts and double-wipe ground

contacts. Locked in wrap-around steel

yoke. Break off tab for two circuit wiring.

2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm x 114mm].

Verified under Fed. Spec. #WC596F.

DR20A-V COLORMATCH GRAY OR

DR20A-G IVORY RECEPTACLE –

Specification grade rated 20A 125V

NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Receptacle has

nylon face and thermoplastic base.

One-piece brass triple-wipe line

contacts and double-wipe ground

contacts. Locked in wrap-around steel

yoke. Break off tab for two circuit wiring.

2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm x 114mm].

Verified under Fed. Spec. #WC596F.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V3048R RECTANGULAR DECORATOR

G3048R RECEPTACLE COVER –

Installs commercially available 15A and

20A rectangular receptacles into 3000

Series Raceway. G3007C Device

Bracket included.

V3051LE EXTENSION COVER –

G3051LE Accepts shallow-type 30A and 50A

devices and flush plates. Also Fustat

devices SRU, SSU, SRW, SOU and SOW,

or equivalent. Deeper devices can be

accommodated with a combination of

G3051LE and any of the V5700 Series

single-gang, open base boxes. G3007C

Device Bracket included.

V3046U BUMP-UP EXTRON®MAAP PLATE –

G3046U Device plate for use with four Extron®

Electronics MAAP single space modules.

V3046V BUMP-UP EXTRON®AAP PLATE –

G3046V Device plate for use with two Extron®

Electronics AAP single space modules.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

2 7/8"

[67mm]

[51mm]

2 11/16"

[68mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

1. Determine the method of feeding

raceway using an entrance end fitting

or through 1/2" or 3/4" trade size KO

in raceway base (shown).

2. To mount 3000 Base on surface: Remove

mounting screw KOs (approx. 9 3/8"

[238mm] O.C. along base) as required.

Mount base with No. 8 flathead fasteners.

3. For coupling lengths of 3000B, insert

either the G3001 or G3001A (shown) into

one base section centered on joint. Slide

other length of base onto coupling. Tighten

locking screws.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

3000 Series Raceway Base

Conduit Connector

Mounting Screw KOs

Feed KOs

9 3/8" [238mm]

Approx.

3000 Series Raceway Base

Base Sections

3001A

4. To install devices: Install device bracket in

3000 Base. Wire device and assemble on

bracket. Install cover over 3000 Base and

device (if device has plaster ears, break

off before mounting on device bracket).

5. Cut sections of 3000 Cover to fit between

device plates. Snap cover sections in place

along entire run as shown.

3000 Base

Device

Bracket

Break Off

Device

Cover

Snap Cover

Onto Base

Engage One Side

Of Cover On Base

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

48 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

DS4010A

DS4047MAB DS4018 DS4017

DS4047C DS4075 DS4015

DS4075A

DS4010B

DS4011 DS4047R DS4047D

DSDWND

DSDWNR

Dual-channel raceway with increased capacity due to its unique profile,

integral divider and downward facing activations. Ideal for any application

that requires a high capacity metal raceway.

DS4000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference ...................... 48

DS4000®Series Raceways System Layout .............................. 48

DS4000®Series Raceways Color Options ................................ 49

DS4000®Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .......................... 49

DS4000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .................... 50

4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

DS4000 Series Raceway used in a typical

office application.

DS4010A Entrance End Fitting

DS4010B Blank End Fitting

DS4011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting

DS4015 Divided Tee Fitting

DS4017 Internal Elbow Fitting

DS4018 External Elbow Fitting

DS4047C Single-Channel NEMA

Device Plate

DS4047D Single-Channel Duplex

Device Plate

DS4047MAB Single-Channel MAB

Device Plate

DS4047R Single-Channel Decorator

Device Plate

DS4075 Small Obstacle Transition

Fitting

DS4075A Offset Fitting

DSDWND Downward Duplex

Device Plate

DSDWNR

Downward Decorator

Device Plate

KEY

DS4000®

SERIES

RACEWAY

Obstacle Avoidance Fitting

bypasses existing conduits and

small raceways mounted on

supporting wall.

Adjust-to-Fit™Couplings – Allows up to

4" [102mm] of lateral adjustment of

Raceway Base to minimize cutting.

Universal Downward

Facing Device Bracket

accommodates industry

standard power and data

devices while allowing

the industry’s largest

termination radius.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

> 4" [102mm]

Bend Radius

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

DS4000 Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 49

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4000®Raceway Part Numbers with a “DV” suffix have a fog white

finish. Part Numbers with a “DG” suffix have a gray finish. Part

Numbers with a “BK” suffix have an black finish. Part Numbers with

a “BZ” suffix have an bronze finish.

Fog White Designer Gray

Metallic Bronze

Matte Black

4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40%) PER COMPARTMENT

w/DUPLEX w/SURGE/GFCI w/LARGE SINGLE 40% FILL

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT RECT. DEVICES DEVICES DEVICES w/DOWNWARD

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2] 2.30in.2 [1485mm2] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

ACTIVATION/CROSSOVER

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 206 141 111 83 46

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 150 103 81 60 33

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 95 64 51 38 21

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 54 37 29 22 12

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 39 27 21 15 8

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL EACH 40% FILL w/DOWNWARD

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] COMPARTMENT ACTIVATION/CROSSOVER

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 70 28

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 57 23

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 20 8

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 15 6

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 35 14

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 72 29

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 73 29

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38 15

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) DS4010A* DS4011 DS4015 DS4017** DS4018** DS4075

DS4075A**

WIRE SIZE/THHN Inches [mm]

40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%

THHN 14 0.111 [2.8] 125 187 171 256 62 93 160 238 142 213 106 160 142 213

12 0.130 [3.3] 91 137 125 187 45 68 116 175 104 156 78 116 104 156

10 0.164 [4.2] 57 86 78 118 28 43 73 110 65 98 49 73 65 98

8 0.216 [5.5] 33 50 45 68 16 25 42 63 38 57 28 42 38 57

6 0.254 [6.5] 24 36 33 49 12 18 31 46 27 41 20 31 27 41

UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 68 103 94 140 49 74 87 131 78 117 58 87 78 117

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 43 64 58 87 31 46 55 82 49 73 36 55 49 73

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 35 52 48 72 25 38 45 67 40 60 30 45 40 60

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 25 37 34 51 18 27 32 47 28 42 21 32 28 42

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 12 18 17 25 9 13 16 24 14 21 10 16 14 21

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 12 18 16 24 9 13 15 23 14 20 10 15 14 20

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 32 29 43 15 23 27 41 24 36 18 27 24 36

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 44 65 59 89 31 47 56 83 50 74 37 56 50 74

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 66 60 90 32 48 56 85 50 75 38 56 50 75

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 24 35 32 48 17 26 30 45 27 40 20 30 27 40

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill from

utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

** Calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed in order to obtain full raceway capacity if radius control is not required.

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

50 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

WIRE SIZE O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 31

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 23

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 14

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 8

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 6

PREWIRED DS4000 RACEWAY COVER WIRE FILL CAPACITIES

WITH DOWNWARD FACING POWER & COMMUNICATION DEVICES

NOTE:

Prewired downward facing covers are punched in line for a sleek flush look.

Power conductors are provided in the lower channel. Additional wires can be

added and should not exceed totals above. Communications are to be installed

in the top channel – refer to standard cable fill chart for capacities.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DS4000B RACEWAY BASE –

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Each

base section has mounting holes, two

9/32" [7.1mm] diameter, located every

4" [102mm] and pass through KOs

located every 8" [203mm] along the

entire length. Packed four 10' [3.05m]

sections of base per carton. Two

DS4001 Couplings included with each

10' section.

DS4000C-DV RACEWAY COVER –

DS4000C-BK .040" [1.0mm galvanized steel. Packed

DS4000C-DG eight 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

DS4000C-BZ Four 5' [1.5m] cover sections required

for each 10' [3.05m] section of base.

DS4000WC WIRE CLIP –

Holds conductors in place.

DS4001 ADJUST-TO-FIT™ COUPLING –

Joins lengths of DS4000B

together. Sold in pairs.

DS4006-DV SEAM CLIP –

DS4006-BK Covers seam where two sections

DS4006-DG of DS4000C come together.

DS4006-BZ

DS4006B-DV HALF SEAM CLIP/BLANK FACEPLATE –

DS4006B-BK Covers seams where two sections

DS4006B-DG of DS4000C Cover come together. Can

DS4006B-BZ also be used as a blank faceplate.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DS4010A-DV ENTRANCE END FITTING –

DS4010A-BK Full-capacity end fitting. Includes four

DS4010A-DG 3/4" and 1 1/4" concentric trade size

DS4010A-BZ KOs and four 2 1/8" large capacity KOs.

DS4010B-DV BLANK END FITTING –

DS4010B-BK Closes off open end of DS4000B

DS4010B-DG Raceway Base Has two 3/4" and 1"

DS4010B-BZ trade size KOs.

DS4011-DV FLAT ELBOW –

DS4011-BK 90° flat corner for new lay-in or

DS4011-DG pull-through installations. One pair of

DS4011-BZ DS4001 Couplings included.

DS4014A BACKFEED COUPLING –

Extra long coupling allows attachment

to a wall box or to back feed DS4000

Series Raceway from 1" or 1 1/4"

trade size conduit.

DS4015-DV DIVIDED TEE –

DS4015-BK For new lay-in or pull-through

DS4015-DG installations. Two pair of

DS4015-BZ DS4001 Couplings included.

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[152mm]

[25mm]

[152mm]

[76mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

1 1/16"

[27mm]

[178mm]

10"

[254mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm] 8 15/16"

[227mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 51

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DSDWND-DV DOWNWARD DUPLEX

DSDWND-BK DEVICE PLATE –

DSDWND-DG Installs 15A and 20A duplex receptacles

DSDWND-BZ or 106 style data frames into DS4000

Series Raceway in a downward facing,

protected position.

DSDWNDQ-DV DOWNWARD DUPLEX DEVICE PLATE

DSDWNDQ-BK w/One DUPLEX INSTALLED–

DSDWNDQ-DG Installs the included, pre-installed on

DSDWNDQ-BZ bracket Pass & Seymour®20A duplex

receptacle with 6" [152mm] wire

leads into DS4000 Series Raceway in a

downward facing, protected position.

DSDWNR-DV DOWNWARD DECORATOR

DSDWNR-BK DEVICE PLATE–

DSDWNR-DG Installs 15A and 20A decorator style

DSDWNR-BZ receptacles, GFCI and Surge devices

into DS4000 Series Raceway in a

downward facing, protected position.

DSDWNX CROSSOVER KIT –

Provides shielding when using

downward-facing activations. Includes

enclosures for power or

data crossover.

DS4075-DV SMALL OBSTACLE/

DS4075-BK TRANSITION FITTING–

DS4075-DG Passes DS4000 Series Raceway over

DS4075-BZ previously installed conduit or raceways

as large as 2400 Series Raceway. Also

creates transition to 500, 700 or 2400D

Series Raceway from DS4000

Series Raceway.

DSDWNS-DV DOWNWARD ORTRONICS®SERIES II

DSDWNS-BK DEVICE PLATE–

DSDWNS-DG Accepts one Ortronics®Series II

DSDWNS-BZ module.

DSDWNU-DV DOWNWARD DEVICE PLATE–

DSDWNU-BK Accepts two Extron®Electronics

DSDWNU-DG MAAP single space modules.

DSDWNU-BZ

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DS4017-DV INTERNAL ELBOW –

DS4017-BK 90° Full capacity divided internal elbow

DS4017-DG that provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend

DS4017-BZ radius for fiber optic/UTP/STP

installations. One pair of DS4001

Couplings included.

DS4018-DV EXTERNAL ELBOW –

DS4018-BK 90° full capacity divided external elbow

DS4018-DG provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

DS4018-BZ for fiber optic/UTP/STP installations.

One pair of DS4001 Couplings included.

DS4047D-DV SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX

DS4047D-BK DEVICE PLATE – Installs 15A or 20A

DS4047D-DG duplex receptacles or 106 style data

DS4047D-BZ frames into DS4000 Series Raceway.

DS4047DQ-DV SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX DEVICE

DS4047DQ-BK PLATE w/ONE DUPLEX INSTALLED –

DS4047DQ-DG Installs the included, pre-installed on

DS4047DQ-BZ bracket Pass & Seymour®20A duplex

receptacle with 6" [152mm] lead wires

into DS4000 Series Raceway.

DS4047R-DV SINGLE-CHANNEL DECORATOR

DS4047R-BK DEVICE PLATE –

DS4047R-DG Installs 15A or 20A decorator style

DS4047R-BZ receptacles, GFCI and surge devices

into DS4000 Series Raceway.

DS4047MAB-DV SINGLE-CHANNEL MAB

DS4047MAB-BK DEVICE PLATE –

DS4047MAB-DG Installs communication devices into

DS4047MAB-BZ DS4000 Series Raceway. Includes CM-

MAB Adapter for Wiremold Open System

connectivity modules and Pass &

Seymour®Activate inserts. Also includes

MAB2S2 Adapter for Ortronics®Series

II inserts and MAB6TJ Adapter for

Ortronics®TracJack connectors.

DS4047C-DV SINGLE-CHANNEL NEMA

DS4047C-BK DEVICE PLATE –

DS4047C-DG For Turnlok®and most straight blade

DS4047C-BZ devices up to 50 Amps. Use with

commercially available flush plates.

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[152mm]

13 7/8"

[352mm]

DS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

52 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

650RT FITTING COVER REMOVAL TOOL –

Easy removal of installed DS4000

Series raceway and fittings’ covers

without scratching or damaging

their finish.

DVWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

DGWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

BKWE-S Contains 12 oz.of paint.

BZWE-S

DVWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

BKWE-P Used for touching up small areas.

BZWE-P Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DS4075A-DV OFFSET FITTING –

DS4075A-BK Mounts DS4000 Series Raceway around

DS4075A-DG wall offsets and columns with maximum

DS4075A-BZ offset depth of 9" [229mm]. Minimum

Offset: 3" [76mm]. Maximum Offset:

9 3/4" [235mm].

DS4089-DV ADAPTER TO 4000 SERIES RACEWAY –

DS4089-BK In-line transition from DS4000 Series

DS4089-DG Raceway to 4000 Series Raceway.

DS4089-BZ

DSTRK TAMPER-RESISTANT KIT –

Kit includes 25 screws and special

bit to secure covers for fittings and

raceway to DS4000B Raceway Base.

640DS DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –

Portable cutter provides clean square

cuts for DS4000C Raceway Cover.

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

11 1/2"

[292mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

One of the innovations of

DS4000 Series Raceway is

Adjust-to-Fit™Couplings

that simplify installations

and reduce installer time

by eliminating the need

for precision raceway cuts.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 53

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Single- and dual-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power or communication/low voltage installations.

4000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 53

4000®Series Raceways Color Options ......................................53

4000®Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 53

4000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 54

4000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 55

4047 Series™Faceplate Ordering Information ........................ 58

4000®Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ......................... 60

4000 Series Raceway in a dormitory application.

4000®

SERIES

RACEWAY

4000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

4010B Blank End Fitting

4010DFO Entrance End Fitting

4011 Flat Elbow

4015D Divided Tee

4017 Internal Elbow

4017FO Radiused Full Capacity

Internal Elbow

4018 External Elbow

4018FO Radiused Full Capacity

External Elbow

4047BX

Duplex Receptacle

Device

Plate

4047JX Single Receptacle &

Device Plate

4047RF Rectangular Receptacles

and Modular Furniture

Device Plate

4047RH Device Plate for

Rectangular Receptacle

and Mousehole

4050Device Mounting Plate

w/5507 Series Faceplates

4075DA Bridge Fitting

500 500 Series Raceway

5507D Duplex Faceplate

5785 Combination Connector

5507RJ Device Plate with two

RJ ports

KEY

4000®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix

have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix

have a gray finish.

Ivory Gray

4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

4010DFO

4011

4047BX

4017

4047RF

4047JX

5785

500

4018

4018FO

4050

4015D

4047RH 5507RJ

5507D

4010B

4017FO

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

4075DA

4000 Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

54 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) DIVIDED UNDIVIDED

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 40 83

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 28 58

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 14 29

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 10 21

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 50 103

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH DUPLEX

WITH SURGE/ LARGE SINGLE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECT. DEVICES

GFCI DEVICES RECEPTACLES

1.59in.2[1025mm2] 2.30in.2[1485mm2] 3.00in.2[1935mm2]

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 99 3

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 0 0 0 00 0

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 0 0 0 00 0

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 0 0 0 00 0

4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D.

4011 Flat Elbow 40% Fill 4017 & 4018 Elbows 40% Fill 4015D & 4015 Tee Fitting 40% Fill

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

4011DRI DIV.

4011/15RI UNDIV. 4017/18RI DIV. 4017/18RI UNDIV. 4015DRI DIV. 4011/15RI UNDIV.

POWER 2 0.384 [9.8] 11 21 6 11 6 16

WIRING 4 0.324 [8.2] 15 30 8 15 9 23

THHN/ 6 0.254 [6.5] 24 48 13 25 14 37

THWN 8 0.216 [5.5] 34 67 18 35 20 51

10 0.164 [4.2] 68 136 36 71 40 104

12 0.130 [3.3] 107 214 56 112 63 163

14 0.111 [2.8] 145 288 75 151 85 220

UNSHIELDED

Cat. 3 UTP 0.190 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67

TWISTED PAIR

Cat 5e UTP 0.210 [5.3] 36 72 19 38 21 55

Cat 6 UTP 0.250 [6.3] 23 47 12 24 13 36

Cat 6a UTP 0.354 [9.0] 16 31 9 15 10 24

25-pair 0.410 [10.4] 9 19 5 10 6 14

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 44 22 23 13 33

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 132 263 69 137 78 201

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 36 72 19 38 21 55

4000 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES WHEN USING 4000 RADIUS INSERTS

Why Wiremold…

Installed above the lab benches,

and with a finish that matches

other furnishings, perimeter

raceway provides multiple

receptacles and access to data

networks. The contractor

appreciated built-in productivity

benefits that helped meet a

tight schedule.

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 55

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

640C

COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000

Series Raceway Cover. Provides clean

and square end cuts.

640CDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel

replacement blade and

die set for 640C Cutter.

G4000WC

WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –

Holds conductors in place.

4001A

COUPLING (Galvanized) –

Joins lengths of 4000B Raceway

Base. Sold in pairs.

4001DA

DIVIDER CLIP (Galvanized) –

Required for holding G4000D Divider in

place. Use one every 2 1/2' [.762m].

V4006

SEAM CLIP –

G4006

Covers seams where two sections of

4000 Series Raceway covers

come together.

V4010B

BLANK END FITTING –

G4010B

Closes off open end of 4000 Series

Raceway. Has two 1/2" trade size

KOs to facilitate end feeding.

V4010DFO ENTRANCE END FITTING –

G4010DFO Full capacity entrance end fitting.

Has concentric 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4"

trade size KOs on end and bottom for

feeding 4000 Series Raceway. Includes

removable divider and 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius control insert for UTP/STP

and fiber optic cable installations.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4000B-10 RACEWAY BASE –

G4000B-10 .054" [13.7mm] galvanized steel. Packed

five 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base

has two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter KOs

every 18" [457mm] throughout length.

No KOs 1 1/4" [32mm] from each end.

V4000C RACEWAY COVER –

G4000C .040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

4000C Cover is also compatible with

6000B, 6000 Series Raceway Base.

V4000C075

7.5" [191mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

G4000C075 Mounts devices spaced 12" [305mm] on

center using 4047 Series device plates.

V4000C135

13.5" [343 mm] PRECUT

G4000C135

RACEWAY COVER –

Mounts devices spaced 18" [457mm] on

center using 4047 Series device plates.

V4000C195

19.5" [495 mm] PRECUT

G4000C195

RACEWAY COVER –

Mounts devices spaced 24" [610mm] on

center using 4047 Series device plates.

V4000C315

31.5" [800 mm] PRECUT

G4000C315

RACEWAY COVER –

Mounts devices spaced 36" [915mm] on

center using 4047 Series device plates.

G4000D DIVIDER –

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Painted

on one side only to provide compartment

identification. Packed ten 5' [1.5m]

lengths (50' [15.2m]) per carton.

640B

BASE CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 4000 Series

Raceway Base. Provides clean and

square end cuts.

640BDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Case hard steel

replacement blade and

die set for 640B Cutter.

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm] 2 1/2"

[64mm]

[25mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel

S4000 Series Raceway.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel

S4000 Series Raceway.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

56 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4015FO

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –

G4015FO Full capacity, undivided tee fitting.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

control for UTP, STP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for new installations

whether the cable is lay-in

or pull-through.

V4015DFO

RADIUSED DIVIDED TEE –

G4015DFO Full capacity, divided tee fitting.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and fiber

optic installations. Ideal for new

installations whether the cable is

lay-in or pull-through.

V4017

INTERNAL ELBOW –

G4017

90° internal corners. Fiber

bushing included.

V4017FO

INTERNAL ELBOW –

G4017FO

Full capacity, divided internal elbow.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and fiber

optic installations. Ideal for new

installations whether the cable is

lay-in or pull-through.

V4017N INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –

G4017N Connects a vertical run of 4000

Series Raceway with a horizontal

overhead run with its cover facing up.

G4017TCA INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING

(Plated) –

Makes an internal corner while

continuing original run in a straight

line. May be used with or without

divider. Fiber bushing included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4011 FLAT ELBOW –

G4011 Right angle turns on the

same surface.

V4011FO

RADIUSED FULL

G4011FO

CAPACITY FLAT ELBOW –

Full capacity 90° flat corner used in

divided or undivided applications.

2" [51mm] bend radius control for UTP,

STP and fiber optic installations. Ideal

for new installations when the cable is

lay-in or pull-through.

V4012TX

INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL 45° ELBOW –

G4012TX Internal or external 45° turns in a run

of 4000 Series Raceway. Can also be

assembled as an inverted 45° elbow.

V4014A

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –

G4014A Base has two concentric 1", 3/4", and

1/2" trade size KOs, two concentric

1 1/4", and 1" KOs (undivided only), and

two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16" KOs.

V4015

TEE –

G4015

For branching raceway at right angles.

Use with undivided raceway only. Join to

raceway run with two pair of 4001A

Couplings (not included).

V4015D DIVIDED

TEE –

G4015D

For branching raceway at right angles.

Use with divided raceway only. Join to

raceway run with two pair of 4001A

Couplings (not included).

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Assembled as an

internal elbow.

Assembled as an

external elbow.

12"

[305mm]

Direct feeding. Feeding from

wall box.

Direct feeding

with divider.

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

4 21/32"

[118mm]

4000 Base

4017N

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 57

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4075D

BRIDGE FITTING –

G4075D Allows 4000 Series Raceway to cross

over existing installations of 4000

Series Raceway.

V4075DA

BRIDGE FITTING –

G4075DA Allows 4000 Series Raceway to cross

over existing installations of 2400, 700,

or 500 Series Raceway.

V4074A

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (4000 TO 3000

G4074A SERIES RACEWAY) –

90° tee connection at any point

along a run of 4000 Series Raceway.

V4086A PANEL CONNECTOR –

G4086A Connects 4000 Series Raceway to

surface type panel boxes. Maintains

maximum wire capacity of 4000 Series

Raceway. Separate C-shaped flange fits

around raceway to hide irregularities

made during cutting into box.

V4089

REDUCING CONNECTOR –

Reduces 4000 Series Raceway

to either 2400 or 2400BD

Series Raceway.

V4050

DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –

G4050 High impact plastic mounting bracket

and trim plate. Overlaps raceway cover

for a seamless transition with cover

fittings. Accepts 5507 Faceplates, as

well as, Wiremold Open System

communication modules, Ortronics®

TracJack and Series II inserts, and Pass

& Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

For faceplate options,

see 5507 Series™Faceplates.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4018

EXTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –

G4018

90° external corners.

V4018FO

RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –

G4018FO Full capacity 90° external corner.

Used in both divided and undivided

applications. Provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for UTP, STP

and fiber opticinstallations. Ideal for

new installations whether the cable is

lay-in or pull-through.

4011/15RI

RADIUSED CORNER INSERT –

Radiused insert for 4011 Flat Elbow

Fitting and for 4015 Undivided Tee

Fitting. Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and fiber

optic cable installations. Ideal for new

and retrofit applications whether the

cable installation is lay-in

or pull-through.

4017/18RI

RADIUSED INSERT FOR

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ELBOW–

Radiused insert for 4017 Internal Elbow

and 4018 External Elbow in divided or

undivided applications. Provides 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius control for

UTP, STP and fiber optic cable

installations. Ideal for new and retrofit

applications whether the cable

installation is lay-in or pull-through.

4011DRI

RADIUSED INSERT FOR DIVIDED

FLAT ELBOW –

Bend radius control insert for 4011

Divided Flat Elbow. Bend radius of 2"

[51mm] for UTP/STP or fiber optical

cable installations. Ideal for new or

retrofit applications where cable

installation is lay-in or pull-through.

4015DRI

RADIUSED INSERT FOR DIVIDED

TEE FITTING –

Radiused insert for 4015D Divided Tee.

Provides 2" [51mm] bend radius control

for UTP/STP or fiber optic installations.

Ideal for new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is lay-in

or pull-through.

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 1/8"

[105mm]

4 11/16"

[119mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Two required for

use with 4015.

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

8 1/8"

[206mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

8 1/8"

[206mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

9 1/2"

[242mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the

Canadian versions.

7/32"

[5.6mm] 1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 5/32"

[131mm]

[127mm]

[76mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm]

4 11/16"

[116mm] 6"

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics®Series II inserts.

To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4046H-2

TAP-OFF FITTING –

G4046H-2 Four concentric 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs.

V4047AX

TWO-GANG COVER SINGLE

G4047AX

ROUND OPENING –

Accepts straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face diameters

of 1.38" to 1.39" [35mm to 36mm].

V4047BX

TWO-GANG COVER ONE

G4047BX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frames when used for

communications outlets.

V4047BB

TWO-GANG COVER

G4047BB TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES –

Accepts15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and106 style frames.

V4047BF TWO-GANG COVER DUPLEX &

G4047BF MODULAR FURNITURE –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.

Includes combination Has combination

twistout that can accept either one

Modular Furniture adapter, 106 style

frame, or two Keystone RJ45s.

V4047BM TWO-GANG COVER & PASS & SEYMOUR®

G4047BM ACTIVATE 2A MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –

Accepts15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frames. Includes Mini

adapter that will accept Activate

Series inserts and Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

58 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4047BS TWO-GANG COVER & ORTRONICS®

G4047BS SERIES II MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frames. Includes Mini

adapter that will accept one

Ortronics®Series II insert.

V4047BT TWO-GANG COVER & ORTRONICS®

G4047BT SERIES II MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frames. Includes Mini

adapter that will accept two

Ortronics®TracJack inserts.

V4047C-1 ONE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

G4047C-1 Accepts commercially available

flush plates (not included).

V4047C-2 TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

G4047C-2 Accepts commercially available

flush plates (not included).

V4047JX TWO-GANG COVER

G4047JX SINGLE ROUND OPENING –

Accepts straight blade and single

locking receptacles with face diameters

of 1.56" - 1.58" [39mm - 40mm].

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 17/32"

[115mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

GWE-P Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

GWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the

“V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the

Canadian versions.

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of

overlap on each side of plate.

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 59

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4047-2BBBB FOUR-GANG COVER

G4047-2BBBB FOUR DUPLEX OPENINGS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frames.

V4047-2BBFF FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX & TWO

G4047-2BBFF MODULAR FURNITURE OPENINGS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frame. Includes

combination twistouts for either

modular furniture adapter or two

keystone RJ45s.

V4047-2BBMM FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &

G4047-2BBMM TWO MINI ADAPTERS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frame. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts, or Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

V4047-2BBSS FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &

G4047-2BBSS TWO SERIES II MINI ADAPTERS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frame. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts one Ortronics®

Series II insert.

V4047-2BBTT FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &

G4047-2BBTT TWO TRACJACK MINI ADAPTERS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles

and 106 style frame. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts two Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

V4047-2BBXX FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2BBXX DUPLEX OPENINGS –

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.

and 106 style frames.

V4047-2RRXX FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2RRXX RECTANGULAR OPENINGS –

Accepts rectangular, GFCI, Surge, and

decorator style devices. Does not

accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4047RX TWO-GANG COVER WITH ONE

G4047RX RECTANGULAR OPENING –

Accepts rectangular GFCI, Surge and

Decorator Style devices. Does not

accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

V4047RF TWO-GANG COVER RECTANGULAR

G4047RF OPENING & MODULAR FURNITURE –

Accepts rectangular GFCI, Surge and

Decorator Style devices, modular

furniture adapters and RJ45s. Does not

accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

V4047WX TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX

G4047WX RECEPTACLE INSTALLED –

Includes one Pass & Seymour®Duplex

Receptacle with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket.

V4047WF TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX

G4047WF RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & ONE

MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –

Includes one Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Has combination

twistout that can accept either one

Modular Furniture adapter or two

Keystone RJ45s.

V4047WM TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX

G4047WM RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & ACTIVATE

MINI ADAPTER –

Includes one Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts and Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

V4047WS TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX

G4047WS RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & SERIES II

MINI ADAPTER –

Includes one Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that will accept one

Ortronics®Series II insert.

V4047WT TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX

G4047WT RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & TRACJACK

MINI ADAPTER –

Includes one Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts two Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,

change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”

to denote the Canadian versions.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of

overlap on each side of plate.

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4000®SERIES RACEWAY

60 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4047-2WWXX FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2WWXX DUPLEX RECEPTACLES INSTALLED –

Includes two Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket.

V4047UX BUMP-UP DEVICE PLATE –

G4047UX Accepts four Extron®Electronics

MAAP single space modules.

V4047VX BUMP-UP EXTRON®AAP

G4047VX DEVICE PLATE –

Accepts two Extron®Electronics

AAP single space modules.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V4047-2WWFF

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO DUPLEX &

G4047-2WWFF

TWO MODULAR FURNITURE OPENINGS –

Includes two Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Two combination

twistouts accept either modular

furniture adapters or Keystone RJ45s.

V4047-2WWMM FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2WWMM ACTIVATE MINI ADAPTERS –

Includes two Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts & Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

V4047-2WWSS FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2WWSS SERIES II MINI ADAPTERS –

Includes two Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts one

Ortronics®Series II insert.

V4047-2WWTT FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO

G4047-2WWTT TRACJACK MINI ADAPTERS –

Includes two Pass & Seymour®20A

Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads

installed on bracket. Includes Mini

adapter that accepts two

Ortronics®TracJack inserts.

4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

4000 Series Raceway DS4000 Series Raceway DS4089

4000 Series Raceway 3000 (Tee Connection) G4074A

4000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 4015/4015FO

4000 Series Raceway 4000 w/Divider 4015D

w/Divider (Tee Connection)

4000 Series Raceway 500 Series Raceway V5785

6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 6074A

1/2" or 3/4" trade size Cover of 4000 Series Raceway 4064H-2

Conduit or Armored

Cable

1/2" trade size End of 4000 Series Raceway 4010B

Conduit or

Armored Cable

3/4" , 1", or 1 1/4"

trade size Conduit or Back, Side or End 4010DFO

Armored Cable of 4000 Series Raceway

1" or 1 1/4" trade size Back or End of 4010DFC

Conduit or 4000 Series Raceway

Armored Cable

1/2", 3/4", 1", or 1 1/4" Back of 4000 Series Raceway 4014A

trade size Conduit or

Armored Cable

Flush Mounted Back of 4000 Series Raceway 4014A

Wall Box

4000 SERIES INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the “V” color

prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the Canadian versions.

4047 CONFIGURABLE COVER PLATES NUMBER LOGIC

Two-Gang Plate:

4047

XYY

Four-Gang Plate:

4047-2

XYYYY

2. Choose a Plate Configuration:

1. For “X”, Choose one of the following options:

4. Finished Part Number:

Ivory & UL Listed

Ivory & cULus Listed (Canada only)

Gray & UL Listed

Gray & cULus Listed (Canada only)

For “Y”, Choose any combination of configurations from the options listed below:

1.41" [35.8mm] Diameter,

Single Round Receptacle

Duplex Receptacle Opening

Combination Modular Furniture

& 2 Keystone Twist Out

Mouse Hole Twist Out

& Grommet

1.59" [40mm] Diameter,

Single Round Receptacle

Pass & Seymour Activate 2A Mini

Adapter Opening with Adapter

Rectangular Receptacle

Ortronics Series II 2A Mini Adapter

Opening with Adapter

Ortronics TracJack 2A Mini

Adapter Opening w/Adapter

P&S Light Almond 20 Amp

Receptacle pre-pigtailed with 12"

wire leads installed on Bracket

Blank 3 Keystone Twist Out

2212 3 4

T. W.

X. Z.

4047 4047-2

NOTE: JJ combination not available.

For additional colors or configurations, call 1-800-621-0049, option 2.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of

overlap on each side of plate.

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 61

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Single- and dual-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for

specialized power or communication/low voltage installations.

S4000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference ........................ 61

S4000®Series Raceways Color Options .................................. 61

S4000®Series Raceways System Layout ................................ 61

S4000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 62

S4000®Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 62

S4000®Series Custom Faceplate Ordering Information ........ 66

S4000®Series Installation Details ......................................... 66

S4000 Series Stainless Steel Raceway.

S4000®

SERIES

RACEWAY

S4000®Series Raceway Part Numbers are available with

a brushed stainless steel finish unless otherwise

indicated in the part number description.

Stainless

Steel

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

S4010D

S4011

S4048B

S4017

S4048RF

S4048J

S4018 V4050

S4015D

S4007C-1R

G4017TC

S4007C-2

S4010B2

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

G4017TC Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)

S4007C-1R Single Device Fitting

S4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate with Wallplates

S4010B2 Blank End Fitting

S4010D Entrance End Fitting

S4011 Flat Elbow Fitting

S4015D Divided Tee Fitting

S4017 Internal Elbow Fitting

S4018 External Elbow Fitting

S4048B Duplex Receptacle

Device Plate

S4048J Single Twistlock Receptacle Cover

S4048RF Rectangular Receptacles &

AMP Flexmode or ACO

V4050 Device Mounting Plate

(Inserts included)

KEY

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

62 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) DIVIDED UNDIVIDED

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 40 83

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 28 58

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 14 29

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 10 21

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 50 103

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH DUPLEX

WITH SURGE/ LARGE SINGLE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECT. DEVICES

GFCI DEVICES RECEPTACLES

1.59in.2[1025mm2] 2.30in.2[1485mm2] 3.00in.2[1935mm2]

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 99 3

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 0 0 0 00 0

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 0 0 0 00 0

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 0 0 0 00 0

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4000C090

9" [229mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device

plates on 18" [457mm] centers.

S4000C135

13.5" [343mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]

device plates on 18" [457mm] centers.

S4000C150

15" [381mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device

plates on 24" [610mm] centers.

S4000C195

19.5" [495mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]

device plates on 24" [610mm] centers.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4000B RACEWAY BASE –

.050" [1.3mm] stainless steel. Base

has two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter KOs

1 1/4" [32mm] from each end and every

18" [457mm] on center throughout.

S4000B is available in 10' [3m]

lengths. Also available in lengths

precut to customer specifications.

S4000C-5 RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. S4000C-5

is available in 5' [1.5m] lengths, packed

ten 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Also

available in lengths precut to customer

specifications. (Max. 5' [1.5m length.)

S4000C075

7.5" [191mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]

device plates on 12" [305mm] centers.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 63

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4000C270

27" [686mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device

plates on 36" [915mm] centers.

S4000C315

31.5" [800mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]

device plates on 36" [915mm] centers.

S4000C390

39" [990mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device

plates on 48" [1220mm] centers.

S4000C435

43.5" [1105mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on

cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]

device plates on 48" [1220mm] centers.

G4000D DIVIDER –

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed

ten 5' [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.20m]) per

carton. Painted buff on one side to

provide compartment identification.

G4001D Divider Clips (not included) are

required to hold divider in place.

S6008A C-HANGER –

Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000 Series

Raceway from a structural ceiling.

Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.

Hangers should be installed no more

than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

Can be bolted back-to-back for dual

runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series

Raceway.

S4010B0 BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of S4000 Base.

Use when no end feeding is required.

Includes two No. 10-32 ground

terminals.

S4010B1 BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of S4000 Base.

Use when one end feed is required in

an undivided installation. Includes one

1/2" – 3/4" trade size KO and two No.

10-32 ground terminals.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4010B2 BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of S4000 Base.

Use when end feeds are required for

an installation. Includes two 1/2" –

3/4" trade size KOs and two No. 10-32

ground terminals.

S4010D ENTRANCE END FITTING –

Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs on end, sides, and bottom for

feeding S4000 Series Raceway. Use

punch kit to increase KO size up

to 1 1/4". Removable divider and two

No. 10-32 ground terminals included.

S4011 FLAT ELBOW –

Right angle turns on the same

surface. No couplings required.

S4014A WALL BOX CONNECTOR –

Base has two concentric 3/4", and 1/2"

trade size KOs, two concentric 1 1/4"

and 1" trade size KOs (undivided only),

and two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16"

[65mm x 43mm] KOs. Includes cover

and two No. 10-32 ground terminals.

S4015 TEE –

Divides S4000 Series Raceway at

right angles. Only for use with undivided

raceway. Use two pair of G4001

Couplings to attach to raceway (not

included).

S4015D DIVIDED TEE –

Divides S4000 Series Raceway at right

angles. Only for use with divided

raceway. Use two pair of G4001

Couplings to attach to raceway (not

included).

S4017 INTERNAL ELBOW –

90° internal corners. No

couplings required.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

14"

[356mm]

Direct

feeding. Feeding from

wall box.

Direct feeding

with divider.

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

64 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4046DRJ COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one duplex receptacle

and two RJ11/45 type modular

connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046RRJ COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one rectangular style

device and two RJ11/45 type modular

connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046B-2 DOUBLE DUPLEX DEVICE COVER –

For installation of two duplex style

receptacles. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046DRJ-2 DOUBLE IN-LINE DEVICE COVER –

For installation of two duplex style

receptacles and four RJ11/45 type

modular connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046ARJ COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –

For installation of straight blade and

single locking receptacles and two

RJ11/45 type modular connectors.

Complete with necessary bridges.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

G4017TCA INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

Creates internal corner while continuing

original run in a straight line. Galvanized

finish. Use with or without divider. Fiber

bushing included. 4010B Blank End

Fitting required for installation

(not included).

S4018

EXTERNAL ELBOW –

90° external corners. Connect to

raceway with G4001 Couplings

(not included).

G6008A C-HANGER (Galvanized) –

Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000 Series

Raceway from a structural ceiling.

Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.

Hangers should be installed no more

than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

Can be bolted back-to-back for dual

runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series

Raceway.

S4007C-1

ONE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

For horizontal mounting of standard

single-gang devices. Accepts industry

standard single-gang faceplates for

electrical and communication devices.

S4007C-1R

SINGLE DEVICE PLATE –

For horizontal mounting of

surge suppression receptacles in

S4000 Divided or Undivided Raceway.

Also accepts most manufacturers’ GFCI,

large twistlock, and rectangular faced

single-gang wiring devices and two-port

ACO. Use with commercially available

flush plate (not furnished).

S4007C-2 TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

For horizontal mounting of two devices.

Accepts industry standard double-gang

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

5 5/8"

[143mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 9/16"

[39mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

[76mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

[25mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 9/16"

[39mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[229mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1.4"

[36mm]

Dia.

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 65

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4048BF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER WITH

MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –

For installing a duplex style device

and one modular furniture adapter

for communications.

S4048RF

RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE COVER

WITH MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –

For installing a rectangular style device

and a modular furniture adapter for

communications.

S4086A PANEL CONNECTOR –

To connect S4000 Series Raceway with

surface type panel boxes.

Accommodates

maximum wire capacity of S4000 Series

Raceway. Separate C-shaped flange fits

around raceway, covering any

irregularities from cutting into box. Cut

4 3/4" x 1 3/4" [121mm x 44mm] hole in

panel box.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

S4046JRJ COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one twistlock

receptacle and two RJ11/45 type

telephone connectors. Complete

with necessary bridges.

S4048B DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one duplex receptacle

cover. Complete with necessary bridges.

S4048J

TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one twistlock

receptacle.

S4048R

RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –

For installation of one rectangular

receptacle. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

7/32"

[5.6mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 5/32"

[131mm]

1.6"

[41mm]

Dia.

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

S4000®SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

66 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Cat. No.

Suffix Description of Device Opening

DStandard

Duplex Receptacle

RDecorator Style

Duplex Receptacle

RJ Two RJ11/45

Modular Connectors

ASingle Receptacle

(1.4" [35.6mm] Dia.)

JSingle Receptacle

(1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.)

KOne 1/2-3/4" [12.7-19.1mm] KO with

1/2" [12.7mm] I.D. Grommet

MOne IBM

style connector

MFB One Modular

Furniture Adapter

2A One 2A Mini

Adapter

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY MADE-TO-ORDER STAINLESS STEEL DEVICE PLATES

To keep pace with changing power and communication technology, Wiremold offers a variety of openings available on a made-to-order basis.

Choose from the assortment of openings shown below to design your own device plates. Consult the factory if a special opening is desired.

To make ordering easier, a catalog number suffix has been included beside the description. Please send a sketch with your order indicating

the letter of the desired opening.

NOTE: Necessary device brackets are supplied with all device plates.

Qty.

____ S4048 _____

Qty.

____ S4046 _____ _____

1 2 1 2

3 4

4 1/2" [115mm] Device PlatesExample: S4046RRJ

9" [229mm] Device Plates

R RJ

1 2

Qty.

____ S4048 _____ _____

1 2

Qty.

____ S4046 _____ _____ _____ _____

1 2

Determine method of feeding

raceway: S4014A for back feed,

S4010D, S4010BO, S4010B1 or

S4010B2 for end feed.

To mount S4000B Base to surface,

remove mounting screw KOs (approx.

18" [457mm] centers along base) as

required. Mount base with No. 8 flat

head fasteners.

To join lengths of S4000B, insert the

pair of 4001A Couplings into one side of

each base. Slide bases together and

tighten locking screws.

For divided installations, place

divider into the strut on the 4001DA

and snap into raceway. Clips must

be used every 30" [762mm].

To install device covers,

snap device straps into

base as shown. Wire

device and assemble to

straps. Snap device plate

over base and device.

Cut S4000C Cover to fit

between device plates. Snap

in place as shown. Continue

along entire run.

S4010B

S4000 Base

1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible

Metal Conduit

1 3/4" [44mm]

18" [457mm]

Approx.

Device Mounting

Straps

Bottom Inserts First S4046B

Snap Cover onto Base

Engage One Leg

of Cover on Base

S4000B Sections

Divider Clips

S4000B Sections

4001A Couplings

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

6000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 67

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Single- & dual-channel raceway. 6000 Series Raceway is ideal for all

applications requiring high cable capacity.

6000®Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 67

6000®Series Raceways Color Options .................................... 67

6000®Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 67

6000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 68

6000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 68

6000®Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ......................... 70

6000®Series Installation Details ............................................. 70

6000 Series Raceway Base and Cover.

6000®

SERIES

RACEWAY

6000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

4050 Device Mounting Plate – Inserts included

5507D Duplex Receptacle Faceplate

5507SW Switch Faceplate

6007C-1 Single-Gang Device Plate

6007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate

6010B Blank End Fitting

6011TX Combination Flat Elbow

6014A Connector Fitting

6017TX Combination Internal-External Elbow

6017TX Inverted to External Elbow

6046KD Circuit Breaker Housing

KEY

6000®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix

have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have

an gray finish.

Ivory Gray

6000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

6010B

6046KD

6017TX

6014A

6007C-1

6017TX

6007C-2

6011TX

4050

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

5507SW

5507D

6000 Series Raceway

now compatible

with A/V devices.

6000®SERIES RACEWAY

68 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) DIVIDED UNDIVIDED

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 101 225

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 83 184

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 58 130

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 29 65

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 21 48

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 50 111

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 103 230

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 104 233

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 55 124

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH DUPLEX

WITH SURGE/ LARGE SINGLE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECT. DEVICES

GFCI DEVICES RECEPTACLES

1.59in.2[1025mm2] 2.30in.2[1485mm2] 3.00in.2[1935mm2]

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 659 296 528 231 470 202 412 173

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 481 216 395 168 342 147 300 126

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 303 136 243 106 216 92 189 79

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 174 78 140 61 124 53 109 45

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 126 56 101 44 89 38 78 33

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 77 34 0 0 0 00 0

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 65 29 0 0 0 00 0

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 55 24 0 0 0 00 0

1 AWG 0.446 [11.3] 40 18 0 0 0 00 0

1/0 AWG 0.496 [12.3] 34 15 0 0 0 00 0

2/0 AWG 0.532 [13.5] 28 12 0 0 0 00 0

6000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

6000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V6000B-5 RACEWAY BASE –

V6000B-10 .054" [1.4mm] galvanized steel. Base

G6000B-5 has two 9/32" dia. trade size KOs, 1 1/4"

G6000B-10 [32mm] from each end and on centers

of approximately 18" [457mm]

throughout. Packed 20' [6.1m] per

carton. 6000B-5 packed four 5' [1.5m]

lengths; 6000B-10 packed two

10' [3m] lengths.

V6000C RACEWAY COVER –

G6000C .040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed

four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. 4000

Series Raceway Cover is compatible

with 6000 Series Raceway Base.

G6000DA RACEWAY DIVIDER –

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. One

side painted buff primer to provide

identification of compartments. Packed

four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

660B RACEWAY BASE CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 6000 Series

Raceway Base. Provides clean and easy

square cuts.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

660BDK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Replacement blades and die set for

630B Cutter.

640C RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –

Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000 Series

Raceway Cover. Provides clean and easy

square cuts.

640CDK REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –

Replacement blades and die set for

640C Cutter.

G6000WC WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –

For holding conductors in place.

6001A COUPLING (Galvanized) –

For joining lengths of 6000B.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

6000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 69

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V6011TX

COMBINATION FLAT ELBOW –

G6011TX For use as a flat elbow. Can also be

used as a tee or cross (one G6001TX

required for tee; two for cross;

not included).

V6012TX

INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL ELBOW –

G6012TX For making internal or external 45°

turns in a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

Can also be assembled as an

inverted 45° elbow.

V6014A

CONNECTOR FITTING –

G6014A Has 1 1/4", 1 1/2" and 2" trade size

KOs in back and on each side.

V6017TX

COMBINATION INTERNAL/

G6017TX

EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For use as internal or external elbow,

straight-through fitting, tee, or cross

(one G6001TX required for tee or

straight through fitting; two for cross;

not included).

V6046KD

CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –

G6046KD

KOs in cover can be removed for

installation of three single-pole

breakers. For use with the following

breakers rated 100A maximum.

V4047UX BUMP-UP DEVICE PLATE –

G4047UX Accepts four Extron®Electronics

MAAP single space modules.

V4047VX BUMP-UP EXTRON®AAP

G4047VX DEVICE PLATE –

Accepts two Extron®Electronics

AAP single space modules.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

G6001DA DIVIDER CLIP –

Use for holding G6000DA Divider in

place to divide raceway into 1/3, 1/2,

or 2/3 compartments.

G6001TX

CONVERTER COUPLING –

Use this coupling to convert G6011TX

or G6017TX into a tee or cross. For tee,

one required; for cross, two required.

V6006

CONNECTION COVER –

G6006 Use where two sections of 4000C or

6000C Cover, not squarely cut,

come together.

V6007C-1

SINGLE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

G6007C-1 For vertical mounting of single-gang

devices. Use with industry standard

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices. Can also be

used with 4000B Base.

V6007C-2

TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –

G6007C-2 For installation of two-gang devices or

two vertically mounted single-gang

devices on undivided raceway. Use with

industry standard double-gang

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices. Can also

be used with 4000B Base.

G6008A

C-HANGER (Galvanized) –

For suspending 6000 or 4000 Series

Raceway from structural ceiling.

Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.

Hangers should be installed no more than

5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run. Can be

bolted back-to-back for dual runs of

4000, 6000 or 3008C or for combined

runs with 3000 Series Raceway.

V6010B

BLANK END FITTING –

G6010B

For closing open end of 6000

Series Raceway.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

2 3/8"

[60mm]

[76mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm] NOTE: 6000 Series Raceway divided

into 1/3 compartments will

not accept devices.

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Shown 6011TX with

6001TX to make tee.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

4 9/16"

[116mm]

MANUFACTURER SERIES

General Electric THQC, THHQC

Westinghouse Quicklag, C, QCH

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,

change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”

to denote the Canadian versions.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

6000®SERIES RACEWAY

70 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

V6074

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (6000-6000) –

G6074 For 90° tee connection at any point

along a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

V6074A

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (6000-4000) –

G6074A For 90° tee connection at any point

along a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

V6086

PANEL CONNECTOR FITTING –

G6086 For connecting 6000 Series Raceway

with surface type panel boxes.

Accommodates maximum wire capacity

of 6000 system. Separate C-flange fits

around raceway, covering any

irregularities made when cutting into

box. Cut 4 3/4" x 3 9/16" [121mm x

90mm] hole in panel box.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

IWE-S SPRAY PAINT –

GWE-S Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

IWE-P TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –

GWE-P Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

V4050 DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –

G4050 High impact plastic mounting bracket

and trim plate. Trim plate overlaps

raceway cover providing a seamless

transition between cover fittings.

Utilizes 5507 Faceplates, as well as

Wiremold Open System communication

modules, Ortronics®TracJack and

Series II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts. For faceplate

options, see 5507 Series Faceplates.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

NOTE: When ordering to use with 6000 Series Raceway in Canada

specify CV6050 (ivory) or CG6050 (gray) as the grounding bracket

provided is larger than the one provided when using with 4000

Series Raceway. CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using

Wiremold CM2 communication modules and Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using

Ortronics®Series II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use

55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

G6074

6000 Base

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) G6074A

6000 Series Raceway 6000 (Tee Connection) G6074

1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/4" trade size Cover of 6000 G4046H-2

Conduit or Armored Cable

1 1/4", 1 1/2", or 2" trade size Back and/or Side of 6000 G6014A

Conduit or Armored Cable

6000 SERIES INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

1. Determine method of feeding raceway:

6014A for backfeed, 6086 (shown) for

panel feed.

2. To mount 6000 Base to surface:

Remove mounting screw KOs

(approx. 18" [457mm] O.C. along

base) as required. Mount base

with No. 8 flathead fasteners.

3. To join lengths of 6000B, insert the pair of

6001A Couplings into one side of each

base. Slide bases together and tighten

locking screws.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

4. For divided installations: Install G6001DA

Divider Clips at 30" [762mm] intervals.

Snap G6000DA Divider into place.

5. To install G6007C-1 or

G6007C-2 Device Plates:

Snap into base and

tighten clamps as shown.

Wire device and assemble

to bracket. Install flush

plate (not furnished).

6. Cut 6000C Cover to fit between device

brackets. Snap in place as shown.

Continue along entire run.

6086 6086 C-Flange

6000 Base

Mounting Screw KO

3 9/16"

[40mm]

18" [457mm]

Approx.

G6000DA

G6001DA

6000B Sections

6001A Couplings

Clamp G6007C-1

Engage One

Leg of Cover

on Base Snap Cover

onto Base

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,

change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”

to denote the Canadian versions.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via

ground transportation.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 71

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AnySize™Raceway is the ideal solution for applications that require a

specific size raceway. Available in a variety of compartment sizes

and finishes.

AnySize™Series Raceways Base Specifier .............................. 71

AnySize™Series Raceways UL Code Reference ...................... 71

AnySize™Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............ 72

AnySize™Series Raceway Ordering Information .................... 72

AnySize™Series Raceway Faceplate Configurator ................. 75

AnySize™Series Raceway Installation Details ....................... 76

AnySize Raceway installed in an art gallery.

ANYSIZE™

RACEWAY

ANYSIZE RACEWAY BASE SPECIFIER

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-600 to

12-614 of CEC. Where special lengths are required, provide a detailed bill of material, indicating the various

quantities, lengths and type of covers. Raceway must have a width greater than its depth.

WIDTH

2 1/2" [63mm] = 212

2 5/8" [66mm] = 258

2 3/4" [69mm] = 234

2 7/8" [73mm] = 278

3" [76mm] = 300

10" [254mm] = 999

AnySize Base

MATERIAL

1 Painted Steel

2 Unpainted

Satin Coat

3 Unpainted

Galv (G90)

4 Stainless Steel

5 Anodized Alum

6 Painted Alum

Color Code**

BK Gloss Black (RAL 9005)

WH White (RAL 9003)

GY Gray (Wiremold Gray)

IV Ivory (Wiremold Ivory)

WI Weathered Iron

WB Weathered Bronze

CC Custom Color

(Provide paint chip

or number)

DEPTH

1" [25mm] = 100

1 1/8" [29mm] = 118

1 1/4" [32mm] = 114

1 3/8" [35mm] = 138

1 1/2" [38mm] = 112

5" [127mm] = 500

# of

Compartments

MAX 4

# of Covers

MAX

EXAMPLE 1: N1 834 212 3 2 WI

This is a 8 3/4" [222mm] wide by 2 1/2" [63mm]

deep raceway, with three compartments and

two covers, painted “Weathered Iron.”

EXAMPLE 2: N1 612 300 2 2 IV

This is a 6 1/2" [165mm] wide by 3" [76mm]

deep raceway, with two compartments and

two covers, painted ivory.

COVER

NE1C = Standard Cover

NE1CW = Cover for use when wire clips are used. Wire clips are spaced

30" [762mm] on center only.

NE1CT* = Tamper-Resistant Cover

NE1CTW* = Tamper-Resistant Cover for use when wire clips are used.

Wire clips are spaced 30" [76mm] on center only.

*Supplied with one tamper-resistant bracket.

SERIES

** All colors are gloss finish

unless otherwise specified.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

72 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1000TB TAMPER-RESISTANT

RETAINING BRACKET –

For retaining cover in enhanced tamper-

resistant systems. Order additional

brackets if field cutting cover for

enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NE1000WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

NE1000GC GROUND CLAMP –

For connection of equipment grounding

conductor to provide additional ground

to raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1001 COUPLING –

For joining lengths of AnySize Raceway.

(Unpainted galvanized steel).

NE1008A C-HANGER –

For supporting raceway from structural

ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"

[9.5mm] threaded rod. Hangers should

be installed no more than 5' [1.5m]

apart along raceway run.

NE1008AW WALL BRACKET HANGER –

For supporting raceway from structural

wall. Use hardware capable of

supporting loaded raceway. Hangers

should be installed no more than 5'

[1.5m] apart along raceway run.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

WIRE SIZE O.D.

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 41.24

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 30.08

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 18.96

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 10.93

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 7.89

ANYSIZE RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES

PER SQUARE INCH FOR POWER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 14.11

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 11.55

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 8.15

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 4.06

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 3.03

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6.98

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 14.38

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 14.57

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 7.77

ANYSIZE RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES

PER SQUARE INCH FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

[51mm]

NOTE: Values are per square inch of inside area. See above to determine useful

area of compartment. Capacity range is calculated at 20% to 40% of

raceway area as stated in a proposed revision to the Commercial Building

Standard for Telecommunications Pathways & Spaces, TIA/EIA-569.

Wire Fill Calculation: “Depth” and “Width” refer to the measurements

of the compartment with the cover on and are measured from the

outside of the material. All measurements are in inches. Due to loading

issues, use maximum wire fill of 4" [102mm] deep raceway for all

raceways greater than 4" [102mm] deep.

1. Determine useable area of compartment.

Useable area in square inches with no devices =

[Width x (Depth -0.2)] - 0.6

Useable area in square inches with standard 15A/20A devices =

[Width x (Depth -0.7)] - 0.3

2. Determine wire fill for compartment.

Multiply the compartment area (from Step 1) by the number of

wires per square inch, from the chart above Wire Fill = Area (sq.

in.) x No. Wires per sq. in. (Chart above)

3. Reduce fill by 20% if 2" [51mm] radiused fittings are not being

used.

Wire Fill for standard fittings = .8 x wire fill from Step 2

4. Calculate fill for multi-compartment tees.

a) Standard Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / 2

Standard Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or

3) x 0.75

b) Radiused 2" Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of

compartments) Radiused 2" Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = 1.5 x

(Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of compartments)

Sample Wire Fill Calculation: Determine the number of Cat. 6 cables

that will fit in a 2" [51mm] deep by 2.75" [70mm] wide compartment

for 40% fill. Fittings in the system have a 2" [51mm] radius.

1 Useful area = 2.75 x (2.0 - 0.2) -0.6 = 4.35 in2

2 Wire Fill = 4.35 in2x 8.15 cables / in2(from chart) = 35 Cat. 6

cables

All Wiremold electrical products, unless specifically noted, are listed by

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to U.S. Federal

Specification W-C-582. They comply with the National Electrical Code.

Products designed primarily for use in telephone or communications

wiring and tools normally do not require UL or cUL Listing. Most

products are cUL Listed in compliance with the Canadian Electrical

Code. All products must be installed in a manner consistent with

applicable electrical codes. Wiremold Surface Raceway is UL and cUL

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (File #E4376 [Raceway] &

#E41751 [Fittings]). This product is in compliance with the National

Electrical Code and the Canadian Electrical Code.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 73

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1010B BLANK END FITTING –

NE1010BK For closing open end of AnySize Base.

NE1010BK has knockouts available for

connection to adjacent wiring systems.

Size and quantity of knockouts to be

specified by end user.

NE1010DFO RADIUSED LARGE CAPACITY

NE1010DFOT ENTRANCE END FITTING –

Has concentric conduit trade size KOs

on sides, end and bottom for feeding

raceway. Useful where large conduits

feed the raceway. Size of knockouts to

be specified by end user.

NE1010D ENTRANCE END FITTING –

NE1010DT Has concentric conduit trade size KOs

on sides, ends and bottom for feeding

raceway. Size of knockouts to be

specified by end user.

NE1011FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

NE1011FOT FLAT ELBOW –

Used in divided and undivided

applications to provide a 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for new lay-in or

pull-through installations.

NE1011RFO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

NE1011RFOT FLAT ELBOW –

Same as NE1011FO but outside corner

is curved to a 2" [51mm] radius.

NE1011 FLAT ELBOW –

NE1011T For right angle turns on the

same surface.

NE1014 WALL BOX CONNECTOR –

NE1014T Base is provided with ground terminal

for 10-32 screw and user specified

conduit knockouts and/or wall box

rectangular knockouts (2 9/16"

x 1 11/16" [65mm x 43mm]).

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1015FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –

NE1015FOT Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for new lay-in or pull-through

installations. Dual cover version not

available. Single cover can be used in

all applications. Capacity is reduced in

multi-compartment applications.

NE1015 TEE –

NE1015T For branches at right angles. Dual

cover version not available. Single

cover can be used in all applications.

Capacity is reduced in multi-

compartment applications.

NE1015LFO RADIUSED LARGE CAPACITY TEE –

NE1015LFOT Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

new lay-in or pull-through installations.

Deeper fitting provides 50% more fill

than the standard tee fitting. Useful for

multi-compartment installations.

Supplied with special couplings. Dual

cover version not available. Single cover

can be used in all applications.

NE1015L LARGE CAPACITY TEE –

NE1015LT For branches at right angles. Deeper

fitting provides 50% more fill than the

standard tee fitting. Useful for multi-

compartment installations. Supplied

with special couplings. Dual cover

version not available. Single cover can

be used in all applications.

NE1017FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

NE1017FOT INTERNAL ELBOW –

Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius for new lay-in or

pull-through installations.

NE1017 INTERNAL ELBOW –

NE1017T For 90° internal corners.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

74 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1017P COMPACT INTERNAL ELBOW –

NE1017PT For 90° internal corners. Compact size

is useful when going around columns.

NE1018FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

NE1018FOT EXTERNAL ELBOW –

A full capacity 90° external elbow to

provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for new lay-in or pull-through

installations. Supplied with

special couplings.

NE1018 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

NE1018T For 90° external corners.

NE1047 DEVICE COVER –

NE1047WC Variable length from 6" to 60" [152mm

NE1047T to 1.5m] long. Specify cutout type and

NE1047WCT location. Eliminates frequent seams

when devices are located close together

along the raceway. Supplied with

appropriate brackets.

NE1407 DEEP DEVICE PLATE –

NE1407T Used to minimize or eliminate fill

reduction at activations. Mounts on top

of raceway and helps maintain

recommended bend radii at activation.

Specify depth required between 5/8"

[15.9mm] and 3" [76mm]. Supplied with

appropriate brackets.

NE1046H CUSTOM TAP-OFF FITTING –

NE1046HT Provided with user-specified trade size

KOs. Supplied with appropriate brackets.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1046AP TAMPER–RESISTANT ACCESS PLATE –

Required on an entrance point to allow

cover removal on tamper-resistant

systems. One plate is required on every

run between opposing walls. Provides

1/4" [6.4mm] overlap flange for

improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NE1046APN TAMPER–RESISTANT ACCESS PLATE –

Required on an entrance point to allow

cover removal on tamper-resistant

systems. One plate is required on every

run between opposing walls.

NE1046APN does not have a flange to

overlap adjacent covers. Use for access

at end of run.

V4050 DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –

G4050 High impact plastic mounting bracket

and trim plate which overlap raceway

cover providing a seamless transition

between cover fittings. For use with:

5507 Series™Faceplates, Ortronics®

TracJack and Series II modules,

Pass & Seymour®Activate Series

inserts, and Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

NE1086A PANEL CONNECTOR –

To connect AnySize Raceway with

surface type panel boxes.

Accommodates maximum wire capacity

of Anysize system used. Separate

C-shaped flange fits around

raceway, covering any irregularities

made when cutting into box.

NE610 TAMPER-RESISTANT NOTCH TOOL –

Required to create tamper-resistant

notches in raceway covers that are

field cut during installation.

NE610C RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –

Portable Cutter for AnySize Raceway

Covers for clean and easy square cuts

every time.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an

enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an

enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an

enhanced tamper-resistant system.

4 11/16"

[116mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"

[121mm] wide raceway.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number

indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,

change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”

to denote the Canadian versions.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 75

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1046 6' [152mm] DEVICE PLATE –

NE1046T Provides 1/4" [6mm] overlap flange

for improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NE1046-2 12" [305mm] DEVICE PLATE –

NE1046-2T Allows high density activations. Provides

1/4" [6.4mm] overlap flange for

improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"

[121mm] wide raceway. NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"

[121mm] wide raceway.

Three Compartment

Plate Shown. Two Compartment

Plate Shown.

The following represent various cutouts available for AnySize Raceway. The corresponding

letter designations used to create the device plate part number are also shown.

To specify type of device plate, and cutout locations:

1) Specify device plate type above.

2) Add the suffix(es) (in parentheses above) that corresponds to the

cutout type required, beginning from the top compartment. For

12" [305mm] device plates, indicate if the second column of

cutouts is the same as the first. If it is not, please send sketch. For

NE1047 Covers sketch to indicate quantity and spacing of devices.

For other special cutouts, contact factory.

DEVICE PLATE DESIGN AND PART NUMBERS

Standard Duplex

(D) Decorator Duplex

(R) 1.4" [35.5mm] Dia.

Single (A) 1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.

Single (J) 4007C-1R Cutout *

(CIR)

4007C-1 Cutout *

(C1)

2 RJ11/45

(RJ)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications, Ortronics

TracJack & Series II (LV2)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications, Ortronics

TracJack & Series II (LV6)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications (MFB)

AMP Flex/single ACO

(F) 1/2" – 3/4"

[12.7mm – 19.1mm]

KO & Grommet (K)

ANYSIZE RACEWAY DEVICE PLATE CONFIGURATOR

Sample Part Number:

NE1046 D J LV2 ______ N/A

Sample Plate: NE1046DJLV2

1 2 3 4

Prefix

2nd. col.

(yes/no or N/A)

* These openings also require the use of commercially available faceplates.

ANYSIZE™SERIES RACEWAY

76 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Starting at feed connection, install

base sections over entire run. Butt

ends of sections and install couplings

as shown below. Cut base sections to

length as required for connection of

bases of fittings. Determine the

method of feeding raceway: raceway

base or wall box connector for back

feed, end blanks (shown), entrance

end fittings, or panel connector for

end feed.

2. To mount base to surface:

Remove mounting knockouts as

required. Mount base with No. 8

flathead fasteners.

3. Install wiring in base and wire devices. To

couple lengths of base or fittings, butt the

adjacent base sections together and insert

one coupling centered over the splice.

Tighten the set screws. Repeat the

process on the other side of the base.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

4. Assemble devices and device

covers in base. To install

device plates, snap device

straps in base as shown.

Wire device and assemble

to straps. Snap device plate

over base and device. For

deep device plates or offset

device plates fasten to

raceway base by screwing

into device brackets in

raceway base.

5. Cut cover sections to length as

necessary and snap onto base.

It is recommended that covers

overlap base joint. Use pre-cut

cover, or cut cover to fit

between device plates. Snap

in place as shown. Continue

along entire run.

See the typical basic system (illustrated below) for installation details. In general,

the following procedure for installing AnySize Raceway is recommended.

End Blank

Conduit Base

Depth

24" [610mm]

(approx.)

Device Mounting Straps

Bottom

Inserts

First

Snap Cover onto Base

Engage One Leg of Cover on Base

A. Complete instructions 1 to 3.

B. Add covers progressively from

access point to other end, utilizing

instructions 4 and 5 as needed.

See Illustrations below.

C. Repeat (ii) and (iii) as required.

D. Any cut covers will require

replacement of the tamper-resistant

notch using NE610 tool.

E. Tighten all screws securely.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY – TYPICAL TAMPER-RESISTANT INSTALLATION

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

NE1407 Deep Device

Plate Installation

Wiremold®Overfloor Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to

solve specific installation issues when access to floors and ceilings

is not an option for installers, building owners, and designers.

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................ 78

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System ............................ 79

Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems

1500 Series™Raceway .................................................. 82

2600 Series™Raceway .................................................. 85

Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems

1200/1400/1600 Series™Raceways ................................ 87

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

78 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

1500 SERIES™RACEWAY

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

OFRB-8 & OFRC-8

1400 SERIES™RACEWAY

1200 SERIES™RACEWAY

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

ONE-PIECE NONMETALLIC SINGLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

TWO-PIECE STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

2600 SERIES™RACEWAY

1600 SERIES™RACEWAY

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

14/32"

[11.4mm]

[76mm]

26/32"

[20.1mm]

20/32"

[16.5mm]

30/32"

[23.4mm]

1 1/32"

[26mm]

3 11/32"

[85mm]

11/32"

[8.8mm]

1 9/16"

39mm]

23/32"

[18.3mm]

2 7/32"

[56.6mm]

DEVICE BOXES TRANSITION FITTINGS

OFR48-4 OFR89-DS4000

6 7/8"

[175mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

2400D

OFRBC-8

OFR89-2400

OFR48-4

OFR11

OFR48-2

OFR89-4000

4000

OFR SERIES™OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 79

Wiremold OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels

of capacity and access to a wide range of data and A/V connectivity options

in the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile available in over

floor raceway systems.

Overfloor Raceway System ETL Code Reference .............................. 79

Overfloor Raceway System Color Options .......................................... 79

Overfloor Raceway System Layout .................................................... 79

Overfloor Raceway System Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 80

Overfloor Raceway System Ordering Information ............................ 80

OFR Series Raceway has an ADA compliant profile.

OFR SERIES

OVERFLOOR

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System is

available with a black powder coat finish

that is also paintable.

Black

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY SYSTEM

CODE REFERENCE

OFR Series Ovefloor Raceway

System is cETLus Listed.

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover

OFR11 90° Flat Elbow

OFR48-2 Two-Gang Device Box

OFR48-4 Four-Gang Device Box

OFR89-2400 2400 Series Raceway Transition Fitting

OFR89-4000 4000 Series Raceway Transition Fitting

2400D 2400 Series Divided Raceway

4000 4000 Series Raceway

KEY

O.D.

WIRE # OF WIRES PER # OF WIRES PER # OF WIRES PER # OF WIRES PER

WIRE SIZE

CROSS-SECTIONAL OUTER CHANNEL OUTER CHANNEL OUTER CHANNEL INNER CHANNEL

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] AREA

(40% FILL) w/OFR1 (40% FILL) w/OFR9 (40% FILL) (40% FILL)

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 0.010 18 13 10 19

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 0.013 13 10 7 14

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0.021 8 32 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 0.037 4 43 5

OFR SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

OFR SERIES™OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

80 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

OFRB-8 OVERFLOOR RACEWAY BASE –

Base: 0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum.

Divided into four channels. Packed four

(4) 8' [2.4m] lengths per carton.

OFRC-8 OVERFLOOR RACEWAY COVER –

Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel.

Durable black powder coat finish.

Packed four (4) 8' [2.4m] lengths of

cover per carton.

OFRBC-8 OVERFLOOR RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel. Base:

0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum. Durable

black powder coat finish. Divided into

four channels. Packed one (1) 8' [2.4m]

length of base and cover per carton.

OFR10A OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ENTRANCE

END FITTING –

Feeds OFR Series Raceway, Has two (2)

concentric 1/2" and 1 1/4" trade size

KOs on end. Includes removable divider

that can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel. Can be used to feed

raceway from wall or into furniture.

OFR48-2 OVERFLOOR RACEWAY 2-GANG BOX –

Divided two-gang device box. Allows

multiple services (power, data, A/V) at a

single point-of-use. Side facing device

mounting provides low profile, with

space for large cable bend radius.

Accepts OFR Series device plates.

Removable divider can be aligned with

any of the raceway channels.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

OFR48-4 OVERFLOOR RACEWAY 4-GANG BOX –

Divided four-gang device box. Allows

multiple services (power, data, A/V) at a

single point-of-use. Side facing device

mounting provides low profile, with

space for large cable bend radius.

Accepts OFR Series device plates.

Removable divider can be aligned with

any of the raceway channels.

OFR48-4GX OFR CROSSOVER KIT –

Allows access to power and data on

both sides of OFR48-4 4-Gang

Device Box.

OFRWC OVERFLOOR RACEWAY WIRE CLIPS –

For holding conductors in place.

Packed twelve (12) per pack.

OFR89-2400 OFR 2400 RACEWAY TRANSITION –

For connecting vertical runs of 2400 &

2400D Series Raceway with OFR Series

Raceway. Includes removable divider

than can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel.

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) WIRE

# OF CABLES PER # OF CABLES PER # OF CABLES PER # OF CABLES PER

CROSS-SECTIONAL OUTER CHANNEL OUTER CHANNEL OUTER CHANNEL INNER CHANNEL

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

AREA (40% FILL) w/OFR1 (40% FILL) w/OFR9 (40% FILL) 40% (FILL)

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 0.028 6 4 36

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 0.035 5 3 25

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 0.049 3 2 23

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 0.098 1 1 12

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0.057 3 2 13

FIBER ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6] 0.025 7 5 37

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 0.027 6 4 36

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 0.051 3 2 13

OFR SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

[152mm] 7/16"

[11.1mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[178mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

13"

[330mm]

[178mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm] 18"

[457mm]

[102mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

NOTE: Not recommended for use

in high traffic areas.

NOTE: Not recommended for use

in high traffic areas.

NOTE: Not recommended for use

in high traffic areas.

1 13/32"

[36mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

OFR SERIES™OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 81

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

OFR89-4000 OFR 4000 RACEWAY TRANSITION –

For connecting vertical runs of 4000

Series Raceway with OFR Series

Raceway. Includes removable divider

than can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel.

OFR89-DS4000 OFR DS4000 RACEWAY TRANSITION –

For connecting vertical runs of DS4000

Series Raceway with OFR Series

Raceway. Includes removable divider

than can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel.

OFR89-VIS OVERFLOOR LARGE VISTA

TRANSITION –

For connecting OFR Series Raceway to

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns.

OFR11 OFR FLAT ELBOW –

For making right angle turns on the

same surface.

OFR1 OFR COUPLING –

Joins lengths of OFRB-8 OFR

Series Raceway Base together.

Sold in pairs.

OFR9 OFR GROUNDING CLIP –

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide ground to

OFR Series Raceway. No. 10

ground screw provided.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

OFR47-B OFR BLANK DEVICE PLATE –

For covering unused compartments in

OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

OFR47-D OFR DUPLEX DEVICE PLATE –

For covering duplex style devices in

OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

Accepts 106 Frame.

OFR47-R OFR DECORATOR DEVICE PLATE –

For covering rectangular decorator

style devices in OFR48-2 and OFR48-4

Device Boxes.

OFR47-U OFR EXTRON®MAAP DEVICE PLATE –

Device plate that will accept up to four

(4) Extron®Electronics MAAP style

plates in OFR48-2 and OFR48-4

Device Boxes.

OFR47-V OFR EXTRON®AAP DEVICE PLATE –

Device plate that will accept two (2)

Extron®Electronics AAP single

space modules.

OFR47-2A OFR COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE PLATE –

Device plate that will accept up to four

(4) ports of communications devices.

Includes adapters for Ortronics®

TracJack, Series II, Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts and Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

OFR47-U2A OFR EXTRON®MAAP-2A COMBO

DEVICE PLATE –

Combination device plate that will

accept up to two (2) Extron®Electronics

MAAP style plates and up to two (2)

ports of communications devices.

Includes adapters for Ortronics®

TracJack, Series II, Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts and Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

8 1/16"

[205mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

8 11/16"

[221mm]

8 11/16"

[221mm]

8 1/16"

[205mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

1/4"

[6.4mm]

7 9/16"

[192mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

OFRB-8 –

OFR Series

Raceway

four-channel

raceway base.

1500 SERIES™RACEWAY

STEEL PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

82 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Wiremold®1500 Series™Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent

protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.

1500 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ........................................ 82

1500 Series™Raceway Color Options .................................................. 82

1500 Series™Raceway System Layout .............................................. 82

1500 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 83

1500 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 83

1500 & 2600 Series™Raceways Installation Details .......................... 84

1500 Series Two-Piece Steel Pancake Raceway.

1500

SERIES™

1500 Series™Raceway components are available

in galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated in

the part number description.

Galvanized

Steel

1500 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAYS

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

V1517B Adapter Fitting

1528 Utility Box

1585 Combination Connector

1546A Single Receptacle Box

1546B Duplex Receptacle Box

1511 90° Flat Elbow

1517 Internal Elbow

1518 External Elbow

2642D Junction Box

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

2600 2600 Series Pancake

Overfloor Steel Raceway

2400 2400 Series Raceway

V500 500/700 Series Raceway

—1/2" Conduit or

Armored Cable

NOTE: Illustration is for

showing product

applications only.

1500 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT KEY

V1517B

1500

V500

1546A

1528

1546B

1585

Conduit or

Armored Cable

1511 1517

1518

2686FO

2400 2600

2642D

1500

1500 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 83

STEEL PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1500-10 RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed

ten 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base

has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter mounting

holes on centers of approximately

8" [203mm].

656 COVER REMOVAL TOOL –

For removing cover of 1500 and 2600

Series Overfloor Raceways.

1500WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

Not UL Listed.

1502 FIBER BUSHING –

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into

open end of 1500 Series Raceway where

it enters a fitting.

1504 STRAP –

Two-hole strap. Use to fasten 1500

Series Raceway to surfaces

at any point desired.

1511 90° FLAT ELBOW –

For right angle turns on the

same surface.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1517 INTERNAL ELBOW –

For internal 90° corners.

V1517B ADAPTER FITTING –

To feed to or from 500 or 700 Series

Raceway on wall to 1500 Series

Raceway on floor. Ivory finish.

1518 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For external 90° corners.

1528 UTILITY BOX –

Base and cover each have 1/2" trade

size KO. May be used as a cross, tee,

straight through or to terminate run.

Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

1542D JUNCTION BOX –

May be used as a cross, tee or elbow.

Cover has 1/2" trade size KO. Base has

1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size KOs

to enable connection to floor outlet

boxes or underfloor duct systems

(use Chase nipple – not included).

Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

1500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 0

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 9

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 6

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

1500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

1500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

11/32"

[8.8mm]

1 9/16"

39mm]

8 1/4"

209mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 5/8"

[6.7mm]

Ea. Leg

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Ea. Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 15/16"

[75mm] 2 11/16"

[68mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Ea. Leg

5/8"

[15.9mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 21/32"

[42mm]

[102mm]

Dia.

23/32"

[18.3mm]

1500 SERIES™RACEWAY

84 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1543GL GROUNDING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

15A-125V NEMA 5-15R & COVER –

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway on all four sides.

Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

concentric KOs. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Gray finish.

1546A SINGLE RECEPTACLE BOX –

Will accommodate commercially

available straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face diameters

of 1.38-1.40" [35-36mm]. Base has 1/2"

and 3/4" trade size concentric KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway twistouts on all four

sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

Gray finish.

1546B DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BOX –

Will accommodate commercially

available 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.

Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade

size KOs. Nonmetallic cover has 1500

and 2600 Series Raceway twistouts on

all four sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Side wiring recommended.

Gray finish.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1546T TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX –

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm] rubber

stem. Designed to accept modular

connecting blocks within the fitting.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway twistouts on both ends

and both sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Not UL Listed. Gray finish.

1585 COMBINATION CONNECTOR –

For connecting 1/2" trade size

conduit or armored cable to

1500 Series Raceway.

1500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1.405"

[36mm]

Dia.

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 21/32"

[42mm] 3 1/4"

[83mm] 27/32"

[21.4mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured finish.

1500 & 2600 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

Determine method of feeding raceway with

1517B, 1585 (shown), 2186 or through a junction

box or receptacle box (i.e., 1542, 1546B).

Determine length of raceway base to first fitting location.

Cut base to desired length.

Mount raceway base to surface using

No. 8 flathead fasteners through all

mounting holes provided.

Slip fitting tongue over raceway base

and fasten fitting base to surface.

Repeat steps 2-4 until fitting and

raceway bases are installed along

entire run.

2600 or 1500 Base

2602 or 1502 Bushing

Lay conductors in raceway base using

1500WC or 2600WC Wire Clips to hold

conductors in place. Wire and install

devices along run.

Cut lengths of cover to fit between fittings.

(Cover must be shorter than mating base: 3/8"

[9.5mm] shorter for 1500, 9/16" [14.3mm]

shorter for 2600.) Snap covers onto base,

latching one side under the base bead and

striking cover with a rubber mallet.

When raceway bases are butted, cover

must be installed so that it overlaps joint.

Remove proper twistouts in fitting cover

making sure that mounting holes line up

with fitting base. Install cover with

screws furnished.

Wire clip

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for

sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” prefix to part number

to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

2600 SERIES™RACEWAY

STEEL PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 85

Wiremold®2600 Series™Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent

protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.

2600 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ........................................ 85

2600 Series™Raceway Color Options .................................................. 85

2600 Series™Raceway System Layout .............................................. 85

2600 Series™Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................................. 85

2600 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 86

1500 & 2600 Series™Raceways Installation Details .......................... 86

2600 Series™Raceway Interconnectivity Options .............................. 86 2600 Series Two-Piece Steel Pancake Raceway.

2600

SERIES™

2600 Series™Raceway components are available in galvanized steel

unless otherwise indicated in the part number description.

Galvanized Steel

2600 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

2642D Junction Box

1543GL Grounding Duplex

Receptacle & Cover

1546A Single Receptacle Box

2611 90° Flat Elbow

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

2400 Wiremold 2400 Series Raceway

1500 Wiremold 1500 Series Raceway

V1517B Adapter Fitting

2600 Wiremold 2600 Series

Overfloor Steel Raceway

500 Wiremold 200, 500 or 700

Series Raceway

Conduit 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible

Conduit

Conduit 1/2" or 3/4" Conduit

to Underfloor Duct System

NOTE: Illustration is for

showing product

applications only.

2600 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT KEY

2642D

V1517B

1500

Flexible Conduit

2611

1543GL

1546A 2686FO

2400

Conduit

500

2600

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 10

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 8

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 5

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 2

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 10

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 10

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 5

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 29

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 21

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 13

2600 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2600 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2600 SERIES™RACEWAY

86 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2600-10 RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

Cover: .050" galvanized steel. Base:

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed

five 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base

has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter mounting

holes on centers of approximately

8" [203mm].

656 COVER REMOVAL TOOL –

For removing cover of 1500 and 2600

Series Overfloor Raceways.

2600WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

2602 FIBER BUSHING –

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into

open end of 2600 Series Raceway where

it enters a fitting.

2611 90° FLAT ELBOW –

For right angle turns on the

same surface.

2642D JUNCTION BOX –

May be used with 1500 and/or 2600

Series Raceway as a cross, tee, or

elbow. Cover has 1/2" trade size KO.

Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric KO to

enable connection to floor, outlet boxes

or under floor duct systems (use Chase

nipple – not included). Two 2600WC

Wire Clips included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2686FO TRANSITION FEED FITTING –

Eliminates offsetting 2400 Series

Raceway in connecting with surface

panel boxes. has 3/4" and 1" concentric

trade size KOs with 1" trade size KO

elongated so adjustment from surface

to center of bushing is 1" [25mm] to

1 5/8" [41mm] maximum. Has twistouts

for transition to 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway.

1543GL GROUNDING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

15A-125V NEMA 5-15R & COVER –

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway on all four sides.

Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

concentric KOs. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Gray finish.

1546A SINGLE RECEPTACLE BOX –

Will accommodate commercially

available straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face diameters

of 1.38-1.40" [35-36mm]. Base has 1/2"

and 3/4" trade size concentric KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway twistouts on all four

sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

Gray finish. Add “C” prefix to denote

Canadian version — Agency approved

for sale in Canada.

1546B DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BOX –

Will accommodate commercially

available 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.

Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade

size KOs. Nonmetallic cover has 1500

and 2600 Series Raceway twistouts on

all four sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Side wiring recommended.

Gray finish.

1546T TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX –

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm] rubber

stem. Designed to accept modular

connecting blocks within the fitting.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600

Series Raceway twistouts on both ends

and both sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included. Not UL Listed. Gray finish.

2600 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

23/32"

[18.3mm] 2 7/32"

[56.6mm]

8 1/4"

209mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[102mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[25mm]

[127mm]

Dia.

3 5/8"

[92mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1.405"

[36mm]

Dia.

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic,

gray textured finish.

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” prefix to part

number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546B”.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

2600 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 2642D, 1543GL,

1546A, 1546B, 1546T

2600 Series Raceway 2400 Series Raceway 2686FO

1/2" Trade Size End of 1500 Series Raceway 1585

Conduit or Armored Cable

1/2" Trade Size Bottom of 1500 Series Raceway 1528

Conduit or Armored Cable

1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size Bottom of 1500 or 2600 2642D

Conduit or Armored Cable Series Raceway

1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size Bottom of 1500 Series Raceway 1542D

Conduit or Armored Cable

2600 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™RACEWAY

NONMETALLIC PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 87

Wiremold®1200/1400/1600 Series Overfloor Raceway Systems provide

permanent or temporary protection for overfloor cabling in high

traffic areas.

1200/1400/1600 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ...................... 87

1200/1400/1600 Series™Raceway Color Options................................ 87

1200 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 87

1400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 88

1600 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 88

1200 Series Pancake Raceway used to protect and

retain power cords in a typical installation.

1200/1400/1600

SERIES™

1200/1400/1600 Series Raceways are available in gray,

black, beige, brown and high visibility yellow.

Gray Black

1200/1400/1600 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAYS

CODE REFERENCE

1200, 1400, and 1600 Series Raceway

is not UL Listed and is designed for

use in protecting wiring and cabling.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information. Beige Brown High Visibility

Yellow

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1200-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1200-5R Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1200-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1200-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]

BK1200-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1200-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1200-50 Black 50' [15.2m]

BR1200-5R Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1200-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1200-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1200-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]

GR1200-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1200-5R Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1200-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1200-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]

YL1200-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

14/32"

[11.4mm]

1200 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 5/16" [7.9MM] CABLE DIAMETER

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™RACEWAY

88 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

NONMETALLIC PANCAKE®OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1400-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1400-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1400-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]

BK1400-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1400-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1400-50 Black 50' [15.2m]

BR1400-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1400-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1400-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]

GR1400-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1400-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1400-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]

YL1400-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]

1400 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 1/2" [12.7MM] CABLE DIAMETER

[76mm]

26/32"

[20.1mm]

20/32"

[16.5mm]

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1600-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1600-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1600-25 Beige 25' [7.6m]

BK1600-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1600-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1600-25 Black 25' [7.6m]

BR1600-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1600-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1600-25 Brown 25' [7.6m]

GR1600-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1600-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1600-25 Gray 25' [7.6m]

YL1600-25 High Visibility Yellow 25' [7.6m]

1600 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 3/4" [19.1MM] CABLE DIAMETER

30/32"

[23.4mm]

1 1/32"

[26mm]

3 11/32"

[85mm]

DST2 DOUBLE-SIDED TAPE –

For long term installation.

2" wide x 17 yds.

Wiremold®Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems are the industry

leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway

solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold

Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest

quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building owners,

and designers.

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................ 90

Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceway .................. 91

Power-Rated Single- and Dual-Channel Raceways

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway .............. 98

400, 800, 2300/2300D Series™Raceway ........................ 102

Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways

Access®5000 Series Raceway ...................................... 110

CableSmart™40N2 Series Raceway .............................. 115

5400 Series™Raceway .................................................. 118

5500 Series™Raceway .................................................. 124

5507 Series™Faceplates ................................................ 129

Hide Cord Raceway

300 Series™Duct ............................................................ 131

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

90 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

CAPACITY: .900 in.2[581mm2]

UNIDUCT®RACEWAY 2700 Series 2800 Series 2900 Series

ECLIPSE™SERIES RACEWAY*

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Uniduct 2700 Raceway

PN05L08 Raceway

CAPACITY: 0.163 in.2[105mm2]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[25mm]

CAPACITY: 0.337 in.2[217mm2]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

CAPACITY: 0.869 in.2[530mm2]

400 SERIES™RACEWAY

12/32"

[8.9mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm] 7/16"

[11.1mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

400BAC Raceway CAPACITY: 0.130 in.2[83.9mm2]

800 SERIES™RACEWAY

800BAC Raceway CAPACITY: 0.272 in.2[175mm2]

2300 SERIES™RACEWAY 2300D SERIES™RACEWAY

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm] 11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2300BAC Raceway CAPACITY: 0.852 in.2[550mm2]2300BACD Raceway CAPACITY: 0.426 in.2[275mm2]

Each Compartment

300 SERIES™DUCT

300 Duct

[51mm]

[102mm]

CABLESMART®40N2 SERIES RACEWAY

40N2B08 Raceway Base CAPACITY:

Each Compartment:

3.22 in.2[2080mm2]

ACCESS®5000 SERIES RACEWAY

[25mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5000B Raceway Base CAPACITY:

Compartment A: 1.39 in.2[849mm2]

Compartment B: 1.94 in.2[1250mm2]

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES

HIGH CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES

HIDE CORD RACEWAY PROFILES

LOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES

1 3/4"

[44mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

5500 SERIES™RACEWAY

5500BD3 Raceway CAPACITY:

Each Compartment:

2.64 in.2[67mm2]

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

5400TB Raceway CAPACITY:

Each Compartment: 3.72 in.2[2400mm2]

Eclipse PN03* Eclipse PN05* Eclipse PN10*

13/16"

[20.6mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

13/16"

[20.6mm]

CAPACITY: 0.285 in.2[184mm2]CAPACITY: 0.538 in.2[347mm2]CAPACITY: 0.99 in.2[638.7mm2]

* UL Listed for up to 600V.

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 91

2786, 2886,

2986

2715, 2815,

2915

2706, 2806,

2906

2710B, 2810B,

2910B

2718,

2818,

2918

2715, 2815,

2915

CM-MMB-293

2711, 2811,

2911

2717, 2817,

2917

NM2048

CM2, Series

II, TracJack

2706, 2806, 2906 Cover Clip

2710B, 2810B, 2910B Blank End Fitting

2711, 2811, 2911 Flat Elbow

2715, 2815, 2915 Tee Fitting

2717, 2817, 2917 Internal Elbow

2718, 2818, 2918 External Elbow

2786, 2886, 2986 Drop Ceiling Connector

CM2 Communication Device

CM-MMB-293 Multimedia Box

NM2048 Device Box

Series II Communication Device

TracJack Communication Device

One-piece, latching single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for

basic communication installations.

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways UL Code Reference...... 91

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Color Options .............. 91

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways System Layout ............ 91

Uniduct®2700 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 92

Uniduct®2700 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 92

Uniduct®2800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 93

Uniduct®2800 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 93

Uniduct®2900 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 94

Uniduct®2900 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 94

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways

Device Boxes Ordering Information ...................................................96

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways

Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...........................................................96

Uniduct®2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Installation Details .... 97

CODE REFERENCE

Uniduct Series Raceway is not

UL Listed and is only designed

for use in protecting electrical

cords, low voltage wiring and

cabling.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

Uniduct Series Raceway components

used to provide communication services.

KEY

UNIDUCT®

2700, 2800, 2900

Uniduct®Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH”

suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW”

suffix have a fog white finish. Part Numbers without a

suffix have an ivory finish. Uniduct Raceway can also

be painted using latex paint.

Ivory

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

SERIES RACEWAYS

White Fog White

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

92 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 2

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 0

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 2

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1

UNIDUCT 2700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2715 TEE –

2715-WH For branching of raceway running

at right angles.

2717 INTERNAL ELBOW –

2717-WH Makes right angle turns around

internal corners.

2718 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2718-WH Makes right angle turns around

external corners.

2786 DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –

2786-WH Conceals cables dropped from ceiling

into the 2700 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2700 ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –

2700-WH Co-extruded design, smooth plastic

2700L8 finish with adhesive backing. Available in

2700L8-WH 6' [1.8m] length, packed 120' [36.6m]

per carton. 2700L8 available in 8'

[2.44m] length, packed 160' [48.8m]

per carton.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

2706 COVER CLIP –

2706-WH Covers seam where two pieces

of 2700 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

2710B BLANK END FITTING –

2710B-WH Closes off open end of

2700 Series Raceway.

2711 FLAT ELBOW –

2711-WH Makes right angle turns in 2700 Series

Raceway on same surface.

UNIDUCT 2700 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Each Leg

11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Each Leg

[25mm]

Each Leg

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on pages

located at the end of this product section.

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 93

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2800 ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –

2800-WH Co-extruded design, smooth ivory

2800L8 plastic finish with adhesive backing.

2800L8-WH 2800 available in 6' [1.8m] lengths,

packed 120' [36.6m] per carton.

2800L8 available in 8' [2.44m] length,

packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

2806 COVER CLIP –

2806-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 2800 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

2810B BLANK END FITTING –

2810B-WH For closing open end of

2800 Series Raceway.

2811 FLAT ELBOW –

2811-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

2811FO RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –

2811FO-WH For right angle turns on the same

surface. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend

radius when installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 4

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 1

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 4

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 4

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2815 TEE –

2815-WH For branching of 2800 Series Raceway

running at right angles.

2815FO RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2815FO-WH For branching of raceway running at

right angles. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

cable bend radius when installing UTP

and fiber optic cable.

2817 INTERNAL ELBOW –

2817-WH For right angle turns around

internal corners.

2817FO RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2817FO-WH For right angle turns around internal

corners.Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

2818 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2818-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[25mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[51mm]

Each leg

[76mm]

(Each leg)

2 1/4"

[57mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

[127mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Each leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

(Each leg)

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Each Leg

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on pages

located at the end of this product section.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2900 ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –

2900-WH Co-extruded design, smooth plastic

2900L8 finish with adhesive backing. Available in

2900L8-WH 6' [1.8m] length, packed 120' [36.6m] per

carton. 2900L8 available in 8' [2.44m]

length, packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

2906 COVER CLIP –

2906-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 2900 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

94 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2910B BLANK END FITTING –

2910B-WH For closing open end of

2900 Series Raceway.

2911 FLAT ELBOW –

2911-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

2911FO RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –

2911FO-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius

when installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2889 REDUCING CONNECTOR (2800 – 2700) –

2889-WH For transitioning from 2800 Series

Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2818FO RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2818FO-WH For right angle turns around external

corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] cable

bend radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

2886 DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –

2886-WH For dropping cables from ceiling

into the raceway.

UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[76mm]

(Each leg)

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 12

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 10

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 7

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 3

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 12

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 12

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 6

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[51mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Each Leg

3 1/2"

[89mm]

(Each leg)

2 3/4"

[70mm]

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2 1/4"

[57mm]

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 95

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2918FO RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2918FO-WH For right angle turns around external

corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

2986 DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –

2986-WH For dropping cables from ceiling

into the raceway.

2989 REDUCING CONNECTOR –

2989-WH For transitioning from 2900 Series

Raceway to 2800 Series Raceway.

2989A REDUCING CONNECTOR –

2989A-WH For transitioning from 2900 Series

Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

[76mm]

(Each Leg)

3 3/4"

[95mm]

[51mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2915 TEE –

2915-WH For branching of 2900 Series Raceway

running at right angles.

2915FO RADIUSED TEE –

2915FO-WH For branching of raceway running at

right angles. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP

and fiber optic cable.

2917 INTERNAL ELBOW –

2917-WH For right angle turns around

internal corners.

2917FO RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –

2917FO-WH For right angle turns around internal

corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

2918 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2918-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

1 1/8"

[29mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[102mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Each Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

(Each leg)

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Each Leg

15/16"

[24mm]

15/16"

[24mm]

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

96 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NM2048-2 TWO-GANG DEEP DEVICE BOX –

NM2048-2WH For mounting multiple voice data

devices. Has combination twistouts

for Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900, and

NM2000 Series Raceways.

Accepts industry standard

NEMA faceplates.

CM-MMB-291 ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-291-WH Accepts one 2A size Wiremold Open

System Communication Module or

Pass & Seymour®Activate Series Insert.

Compatible with Uniduct 2700 and

2800 Series Raceways.

CM-MMB-292 TWO INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-292-WH Fiber storage loop. Accepts two 2A

size Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts.

Compatible with Uniduct 2700, 2800,

and 2900 Series Raceways.

CM-MMB-293 THREE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-293-WH Fiber storage loop. Accepts three 2A

size Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts.

Compatible with Uniduct 2700,

2800, and 2900 Series Raceways.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

NM2044 EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

NM2044-WH For mounting voice/data devices when

additional depth is required. Has

combination twistouts for Uniduct 2700,

2800, 2900 and NM2000 Series

Raceways. Accepts industry standard

NEMA faceplates.

NM2044-2 TWO-GANG EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

NM2044-2WH For mounting multiple voice/data

devices when additional depth is

required. Has combination twistouts for

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 and NM2000

Series Raceways. Accepts industry

standard NEMA faceplates.

NM2048 DEEP DEVICE BOX –

NM2048-WH For mounting deep voice/data devices.

Has combination twistouts for Uniduct

2700, 2800, 2900,and NM2000 Series

Raceways. Accepts industry standard

NEMA faceplates.

UNIDUCT SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 1 3/4"

[44mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm] 3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2889

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2989A

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2989

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2786

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2886

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway 2986

NM2000 Uniduct2700, 2800, or 2900 2044, 2044-2,

Series Raceway 2048, 2048-2

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

UNIDUCT®2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 97

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOX INSTALLATION DETAILS

9. External Elbow: 2718/2818/2918

To go around external corner. Install Uniduct

2700, 2800, or 2900 Series Raceway butted as

shown. Snap external elbow (2718/2818/2918)

onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

7. Internal Elbow: 2717/2817/2917

To go around internal corner. Install Uniduct

2700, 2800, or 2900 Series Raceway butted as

shown. Snap internal elbow (2717/2817/2917)

onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

2. Blank End Fitting: 2710B/2810B/2910B

To cover the open end of Uniduct Raceway. Snap

the blank end fitting (2710B/2810B/2910B) onto

the open end of 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series

Uniduct Raceway.

1. Cover Clip: 2706/2806/2906

To join two pieces of Uniduct Raceway in line.

Install the Uniduct Raceway butted as shown.

Snap the cover clip (2706/2806/2906) onto the

Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

3. 90° Flat Elbow: 2711/2811/2911

To make right angle turn on same surface.

Install the Uniduct Raceway butted as shown.

Snap 90° flat elbow (2711/2811/2911) onto the

Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

5. Tee: 2715/2815/2915

For branching at right angles. Install the

Uniduct Raceway butted as shown. Snap

tee (2715/2815/2915) onto the Uniduct

Raceway, leaving no gap.

11.Drop Ceiling Connector: 2786/2886/2986

For bringing cables from ceiling to raceway. Cut a

hole in the ceiling tile right next to metal grid. Drop

the cables from the ceiling into the Uniduct Raceway.

Push the drop ceiling connector (2786/2886/2986)

through the hole so that the notch in the large end of

the connector butts with the metal grid. Snap the

drop ceiling connector onto the Uniduct Raceway.

4. Bend Radius 90° Flat Elbow: 2811FO/2911FO

To make right angle turn on same surface and

maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the

fitting base to the wall by using screws or the

adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway

as shown and snap the fitting cover over the base

after the cabling has been completed.

8. Bend Radius Internal Elbow: 2817FO/2917FO

To make internal corner connection and maintain

1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the

fitting base to the wall by using screws or the

adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway

as shown and snap the fitting cover over the base

after the cabling has been completed.

10.Bend Radius External Elbow: 2818FO/2918FO

To make external corner connection and

maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the

fitting base to the wall by using screws or the

adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct

Raceway as shown and snap the fitting cover over

the base after the cabling has been completed.

6. Bend Radius Tee: 2815FO/2915FO

To branch at right angles and maintain a 1 1/4"

[32mm] bend radius. Mount the fitting base to

the wall by using screws or the adhesive strip

supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway as shown

and snap the fitting cover over the base after

the cabling has been completed.

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS

Typical Procedure for Installing Device Boxes

1. Remove proper tongue on the device box (NM2048) base. (See Figure 1.)

2. Notch proper knockout in cover using knife. (See Figure 2.) Use pliers to remove knockout inward

for cleaner edge. (Trimming may be necessary.)

3. Fasten device box base to wall using screws (not provided).

4. Mount raceway to box. Install cables.

5. Snap device box cover onto base.

6. Mount device and faceplate.

NM2048 Cover

Faceplate

NM2048 Base

2700, 2800, 2900

Uniduct Raceway

FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3

2700

2800

2900

Base Front View

Cover Side View

FIGURE 1

ECLIPSE™PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

98 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

PN10F21

PSB3

PN03F20

PN05F20

PN10F20

PSB2

PN03F17,

PN05F17,

PN10F17

PN03F17,

PN05F17,

PN10F17

PN03F15,

PN05F15,

PN10F15

PN153R

PN03F19,

PN05F19,

PN10F19

PBB2S2, PBB4TJ,

PDB1CM, PDB1S2,

PDB2CM, PDB2S2,

PDB4TJ

PSB1

PN03F18,

PN05F18,

PN10F18

PN05F86,

PN10F86

PN03F06,

PN05F06,

PN10F06

PN03L08, PN03L10,

PN05L08, PN05L10,

PN10L08, PN10L10

PN03F11,

PN05F11,

PN10F11

Latching Raceway PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08,

PN05L10, PN10L08, PN10L10

Cover Clip PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06

90° Flat Elbow Fitting PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11

Tee Fitting PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15

Internal Elbow Fitting PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17

External Elbow Fitting PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18

Bend Radius External

Elbow Fitting PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19

Blank End Fitting PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20

Entrance End FittingPN10F21

Drop Ceiling Connector PN05F86, PN10F86

Reducer Adapter PN153R

One-Gang Device Box PSB1

Two-Gang Device Box PSB2

Three-Gang Device Box PSB3

Communication Box PBB2S2, PBB4TJ, PDB1CM,

PDB1S2, PDB2CM, PDB2S2,

PDB4TJ

One-piece, latching, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal

for demanding communication designs. Accommodates communication

or power wiring.

Eclipse™PN03, Series Raceways UL Code Reference........................ 98

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways Color Options ............ 98

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways System Layout .......... 98

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway

Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................................................................... 99

Eclipse™PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway

Ordering Information .......................................................................... 99

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

ECLIPSE PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

Eclipse Series Raceway snap-on latching covers

provide security with access to wiring for changes

or additions.

KEY

ECLIPSE™

PN03, PN05, PN10

Eclipse™Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH”

suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW”

suffix have a fog white finish. Part Numbers with a “-V”

suffix have an ivory finish. Eclipse Series Raceways

are paintable using latex paint.

Ivory

ECLIPSE PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

SERIES RACEWAYS

White Fog White

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

ECLIPSE™PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 99

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3513

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 2511

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 13 8

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 01 4

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 01 3

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 13 6

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3614

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3614

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 13 7

WIRE SIZE O.D. NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 8 16 22

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 14 20

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0019

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PN03F15-FW TEE FITTING –

PN03F15-V For branches of raceway running at

PN03F15-WH right angles. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN05F15-FW

PN05F15-V

PN05F15-WH

PN10F15-FW

PN10F15-V

PN10F15-WH

PN03F17-FW INTERNAL ELBOW –

PN03F17-V For right angle turns around internal

PN03F17-WH corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN05F17-FW

PN05F17-V

PN05F17-WH

PN10F17-FW

PN10F17-V

PN10F17-WH

PN03F18-FW EXTERNAL ELBOW –

PN03F18-V For right angle turns around

PN03F18-WH external corners.

PN05F18-FW

PN05F18-V

PN05F18-WH

PN10F18-FW

PN10F18-V

PN10F18-WH

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PN03L08-FW LATCHING RACEWAY –

PN03L08-V One-piece latching raceway with co-

PN03L08-WH extruded hinge and adhesive backing.

PN03L10-FW Available in 8' [2.44m] and 10' [3.0m]

PN03L10-V lengths.

PN03L10-W

PN05L08-FW

PN05L08-V

PN05L08-WH

PN05L10-FW

PN05L10-V

PN05L10-W

PN10L08-FW

PN10L08-V

PN10L08-WH

PN10L10-FW

PN10L10-V

PN10L10-W

PN03F06-FW COVER CLIP –

PN03F06-V For covering joint where two pieces

PN03F06-WH of Eclipse PN03, PN05, or PN10 Series

PN05F06-FW Raceway Cover come together.

PN05F06-V

PN05F06-WH

PN10F06-FW

PN10F06-V

PN10F06-WH

PN03F11-FW FLAT ELBOW –

PN03F11-V For right angle turns on the same

PN03F11-WH surface. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN05F11-FW

PN05F11-V

PN05F11-WH

PN10F11-FW

PN10F11-V

PN10F11-WH

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

CAT. NO. AB

PN03L08

1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]

PN03L10

1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]

PN05L08

5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]

PN05L10

5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]

PN10L08

13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]

PN10L10

13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]

[12.7mm]

CAT. NO. A

PN03F11

2 11/16" [68mm]

PN05F11

2 15/16" [75mm]

PN10F11

3 11/16" [94mm]

CAT. NO. AB

PN03F15

2 11/16" [68mm] 4 5/16" [110mm]

PN05F15 2 1

5/16" [75mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]

PN10F15 3

11/16" [94mm] 5 5/16" [135mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Each Leg

1 5/8"

[41mm]

Each Leg

ECLIPSE™PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

100 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PSB1-FW ONE-GANG DEVICE BOX –

PSB1-V Accepts all standard single-gang

PSB1-WH NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.

Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,

PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.

Designed for use with Ortronics®

WiJack™Wireless Access Point.

PSB2-FW TWO-GANG DEVICE BOX –

PSB2-V Accepts all standard two-gang

PSB2-WH NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.

Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,

PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.

Has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size

KOs, as well as rectangular KO for wall

box mounting. Designed for use with

Ortronics®WiJack™Wireless

Access Point.

PSB3-FW THREE-GANG DEVICE BOX –

PSB3-V Accepts all standard three-gang

PSB3-WH NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.

Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,

PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.

Has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size

KOs. Designed for use with Ortronics®

WiJack™Wireless Access Point.

PDB1S2-FW SERIES II DATA BOX –

PDB1S2-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB1S2-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Accepts one front-loaded downward

facing Ortronics®Series II insert.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PN03F19-FW RADIUSED EXTRUDED ELBOW –

PN03F19-V For right angle turns around external

PN03F19-WH corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN05F19-FW

PN05F19-V

PN05F19-WH

PN10F19-FW

PN10F19-V

PN10F19-WH

PN03F20-FW BLANK END FITTING –

PN03F20-V For closing open end of Eclipse PN03,

PN03F20-WH PN05, or PN10 Series Raceway.

PN05F20-FW

PN05F20-V

PN05F20-WH

PN10F20-FW

PN10F20-V

PN10F20-WH

PN153R-FW REDUCER ADAPTER FITTING –

PN153R-V For adapting PN03 or PN05 Series

PN153R-WH Raceway to a PN10 Series Raceway

trunking through the PN10F15

Tee Fitting.

PN05F86-FW DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –

PN05F86-V For dropping cables from ceiling into

PN05F86-WH the raceway. Has 1/2" and 3/4"

PN10F86-FW concentric trade size KOs. Includes

PN10F86-V PN153R Reducer Adapter for use

PN10F86-WH with PN03 Series Raceway.

PN10F21-FW ENTRANCE END FITTING –

PN10F21-V For feeding raceway with 1/2" and

PN10F21-WH 3/4" trade size conduit or armored

cable. Has 1/2 and 3/4" concentric

trade size KOs.Includes PN153R

Reducer Adapter for use with PN03

and PN05 Series Raceway.

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

Each Leg

CAT. NO. AB

PN03F19

15/16"[23.8mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]

PN05F19 1 3

/16" [30mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]

PN10F19 1

3/16" [30mm] 3 3/8" [116mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm

ACAT. NO. AB

PN05F86

1 5/16" [33mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]

PN10F86 2 1

/2" [64mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[178mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm] 1 7/16"

[36mm]

ECLIPSE™PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 101

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PDB4TJ-FW TRACJACK DATA BOX –

PDB4TJ-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB4TJ-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts

four front-loaded downward

facing Ortronics®TracJack inserts.

PBB2S2-FW BEZEL BOX –

PBB2S2-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PBB2S2-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Accepts two front-loaded outward

facing Ortronics®Series II inserts.

PBB4TJ-FW BEZEL BOX –

PBB4TJ-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PBB4TJ-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Accepts four front-loaded outward

facing Ortronics®TracJack inserts.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

PDB1CM-FW CM DATA BOX –

PDB1CM-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB1CM-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Has one 1/2" trade size KO. Accepts one

front-loaded downward facing Pass &

Seymour®Activate or Wiremold Open

System communication module.

PDB2S2-FW SERIES II DATA BOX –

PDB2S2-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB2S2-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts

two front-loaded downward

facing Ortronics®Series II inserts.

PDB2CM-FW CM DATA BOX –

PDB2CM-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB2CM-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts

two front-loaded downward-facing Pass

& Seymour®Activate or Wiremold Open

System communication modules.

PDB2TJ-FW TRACJACK DATA BOX –

PDB2TJ-V Surface mount box for use with Eclipse

PDB2TJ-WH Raceway or standalone application.

Has one 1/2" trade size KO. Accepts

two front-loaded downward

facing Ortronics®TracJack inserts.

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm] 1 7/16"

[36mm]

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

[76mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

102 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

406, 806, 2306 Cover Clip

411, 811, 2311, Flat Elbow Fitting

2311DFO

810A2, 2310A, Entrance End Fitting

2310DFO

415, 815, 2315 Tee

417, 817, 2317, Internal Elbow

2317DFO

418, 818, 2318, External Elbow

2318DFO

2337A, 2338A Round Device Boxes

2344, 2347, 2348 Sure-Snap Device Boxes

Two-piece, single- and dual-channel, low profile raceway. Easy-to-install

and ideal for power or communication installations.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways UL Code Reference ...... 102

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways Color Options................ 102

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways System Layout ............ 102

400 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 103

400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 103

800 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 104

800 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 104

2300/2300D Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 105

2300/2300D Series™Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 105

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways

Device Boxes Ordering Information ................................................. 107

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways

Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ....................................................... 108

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™Raceways Installation Details ...... 109

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series

Raceway profiles.

KEY

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D

SERIES™

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a

“-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers

without a suffix have an ivory finish. 400, 800, 2300

Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.

Ivory

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAYS

Custom color options are also

available. Consult the factory

for more information.

White

810A2,

2310A 406, 806,

2306 418, 818,

2318

417, 817, 2317

417, 817,

2317

415, 815,

2315

2337A,

2338A,

411, 811,

2311

2344, 2348

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 103

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

400BAC RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

400BAC-WH Low-profile, two-piece raceway with

durable, textured PVC ivory or white

finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]

lengths. Packed 100' [30.5m] per carton.

Supplied with wide adhesive

tape along its entire length.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

400WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

406 COVER CLIP –

406-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 400BAC Series Raceway Cover

come together.

410B BLANK END FITTING –

410B-WH For closing open end of 400BAC

Series Raceway.

411 FLAT ELBOW –

411-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 1

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 0

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 1

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 1

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1

WIRE SIZE O.D. NUMBER OF

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] CONDUCTORS

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 5

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 3

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0

400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

415 TEE –

415-WH For branching of raceway running at

right angles.

417 INTERNAL ELBOW –

417-WH For right angle turns around

internal corners.

418 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

418-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

810A2 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

810A2-WH For connecting 400 or 800 Series

Raceway with 1/2" trade size conduit

or armored cable. 1/2" trade size KO

on end and bottom.

400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

7/8"

[22.2mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

13/16"

[20.6mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

Ea. Leg

1 3/8"

[35mm]

Ea. Leg

3 3/16"

[81mm]

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Ea. Leg

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Ea. Leg

13/16"

[20.6mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 400 Series Raceway can be found on pages

located at the end of this product section.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

104 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

WIRE SIZE O.D. NUMBER OF

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] CONDUCTORS

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 6

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

800BAC RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

800BAC-WH Low-profile, two-piece raceway with

durable, textured PVC ivory or white

finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]

lengths. Packed 100' [3.05m] per carton.

Supplied with wide adhesive

tape along its entire length.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

800WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

806 COVER CLIP –

806-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 800BAC Series Raceway Cover

come together.

810A2 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

810A2-WH For connecting 400 or 800 Series

Raceway with 1/2" trade size conduit

or armored cable. 1/2" trade size KO

on end and bottom.

810B BLANK END FITTING –

810B-WH For closing open end of 800BAC

Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

811 FLAT ELBOW –

811-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

815 TEE –

815-WH For branching of raceway running at

right angles.

817 INTERNAL ELBOW –

817-WH For right angle turns around

internal corners.

818 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

818-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

889A REDUCING CONNECTOR –

889A-WH For transitioning from 800 Series

Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

7/16"

[11.1mm] 1 5/16"

[33mm]

[25mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

(Each leg)

4 1/8"

[105mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[51mm]

Ea. Leg

[51mm]

Ea. Leg

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[51mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages

located at the end of this product section.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 105

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 11

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 9

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 3

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 12

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 12

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 6

WIRE SIZE O.D. NUMBER OF

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] CONDUCTORS

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 25

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 18

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12

2300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] (Ea. Comp.)

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 5

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 4

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 1

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 6

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 6

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 3

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] (Each Compartment)

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 12

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 8

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 5

2300D SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2300D SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2300BAC RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

2300BAC-WH Low-profile, two-piece raceway with

durable, textured PVC ivory or white

finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]

lengths. Packed 50' [15.2m] per carton.

Supplied with wide adhesive

tape along its entire length.

2300BACD DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE & COVER –

2300BACD-WH Low-profile, two-piece raceway with

durable, textured PVC ivory or white

finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m] lengths.

Supplied with wide adhesive tape

along its entire length.

PVC-1 PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

2300WC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2306 COVER CLIP –

2306-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 2300BAC and 2300BACD Series

Raceway Cover come together.

2310A ENTRANCE END FITTING –

2310A-WH For connecting 2300 Series Raceway

with 1/2", 3/4", or 1" trade size conduit

or armored cable. 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KO on end, 1/2" , 3/4", and 1" trade

size KOs on bottom.

2310B BLANK END FITTING –

2310B-WH For closing open end of 2300BAC and

2300BACD Series Raceways.

2311 FLAT ELBOW –

2311-WH For right angle turns on same surface.

2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

[25mm]

[51mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

Ea. Leg

NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found

on pages located at the end of this product section.

27/32"

[21mm]

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

106 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2315 TEE –

2315-WH For branching of raceway running at

right angles.

2317 INTERNAL ELBOW –

2317-WH For right angle turns around

internal corners.

2318 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

2318-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

2389 REDUCING CONNECTOR –

2389-WH For transitioning from 2300 Series

Raceway to 800 Series Raceway.

2389A REDUCING CONNECTOR –

2389A-WH For transitioning from 2300 Series

Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2310DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED ENTRANCE

2310DFO-WH END FITTING –

Divided fitting to feed 2300 and 2300

Divided Series Raceway. Includes 1/2",

3/4", and 1" trade size KOs on back

and top.

2311DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –

2311DFO-WH A 90° flat corner with integral dividers

provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic installations.

2317DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED

2317DFO-WH INTERNAL ELBOW –

A 90° internal corner with integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber

optic installations.

2318DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED

2318DFO-WH EXTERNAL ELBOW –

A 90° external corner with integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber

optic installations.

2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[152mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Ea. Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Ea. Leg

[76mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[76mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

•

6.5"

[165mm]

4.0"

[102mm]

2.2"

[56mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3 1/4

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Ea. Leg

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

Ea. Leg

[127mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found

on the next page of this product section.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 107

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2336 BLANK COVER –

2336-WH Use with any nonmetallic round device

box to convert into a junction box.

2337A ROUND BOX EXTENSION –

2337A-WH For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire alarms

and other security devices with 3 1/2"

[89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm] mounting

centers. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter with

open base. Not for use with fans.

2338A FIXTURE BOX –

2338A-WH For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire

alarms and other security devices with

3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm]

mounting centers. Has 1/2" trade size

KO. Not for use with fans.

2344 EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

2344-WH 2344 one-gang, 2344-2 two-gang. Two-

2344-2 gang base has rectangular KO to enable

2344-2WH extension from existing single-gang

flush wallbox and 1/2" and 1" trade size

concentric KOs. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for switch and

communication devices.

2347 DEVICE BOX –

2347-WH 2347 one-gang, 2347-2 two-gang. For

2347-2 standard switches and devices. 2347

2347-2WH Base has rectangular KO. 2347-2 Base

has rectangular KO to enable extension

from existing flush wall box and 1/2"

and 1" concentric KOs. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for switch and

communication devices.

2348 DEEP DEVICE BOX –

2348-WH 2348 one-gang, 2348-2 two-gang,

2348-2 2348-3 three-gang. For deeper switches

2348-2WH and devices. 2348 Base has rectangular

2348-3 KO. 2348-2 and 2348-3 Bases have

2348-3WH rectangular KO to enable extension from

existing flush wall box and 1/2" and

1" concentric KOs. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for switch and

communication devices.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2348S/51 SHALLOW DEVICE BOX/

2348S/51-WH EXTENSION BOX –

For shallow switches and receptacles.

Base has rectangular KO.

2348AMP MAGNETIC DEEP DEVICE BOX

2348AMP-WH (with Grommet)–

For deeper switches and devices,

and has magnetic backing. Base

has rectangular KO.

2348D DEVICE BOX –

2348D-WH For use with 2300 Series Divided

Raceway. For mounting standard

switches, receptacles, and industry

standard faceplates for

communication devices.

2344D EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –

2344D-WH For use with 2300 Series Divided

Raceway when additional depth is

required. For mounting standard

switches, receptacles and industry

standard faceplates for

communication devices.

2344SD-2A TWO-GANG DEEP DIVIDED

2344SD-2AWH DEVICE BOX –

Divided two-gang box for use with

2300 Series Divided Raceway. Provides

the ability to have both power and low

voltage at a single point of use. Utilizes

5507 Series™faceplates, as well as

Wiremold Open System communication

modules, Ortronics®TracJack, and Pass

& Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

For faceplate options, see 5507

Series™Faceplates.

400/800/2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Dia.

5 1/2"

[140mm]Dia.

[25mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Dia.

[25mm]

CAT. NO. L W

GANG

2344

4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 1

2344-2

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 2

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

CAT. NO. L W

GANG

2347

4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 1

2347-2

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 2

CAT. NO. L W

GANG

2348

4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 1

2348-2

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 2

2348-3 4 3/4" [121mm] 7" [178mm] 3

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics®Series II inserts.

To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

108 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM-MMB-231 ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-231-WH Accepts one CM2 size Wiremold Open

System communication module or Pass

& Seymour®Activate Series insert.

Compatible with Wiremold 400 and

800 Series Raceways.

CM-MMB-232 TWO INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-232-WH Fiber storage loop. Accepts two CM2

size Wiremold Open System

communication modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

Compatible with Wiremold 400, 800,

and 2300 Series Raceways.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM-MMB-233 THREE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

CM-MMB-233-WH Fiber storage loop. Accepts three CM2

size Wiremold Open System

communication modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

Compatible with Wiremold 400, 800,

and 2300 Series Raceways.

400/800/2300 SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

800 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 889A

2300 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 2389A

2300 Series Raceway 800 Series Raceway 2389

Existing Outlet 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2348S/51

1/2" trade size Conduit 400, 800 Series Raceways 810A2

1/2" or 3/4" 2300 Series Raceway 2310A

trade size Conduit

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2337A

Ceiling Boxes

400/800/2300 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™RACEWAYS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 109

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Bring in and

connect feed wires

using approved

connection method.

Assemble raceway

cover to butt

against the fitting

base. Snap fitting

cover onto base.

2. To install runs of raceway cover:

Measure distance from fitting to

fitting. Cut required length of cover.

When two raceway sections butt

together, cover sections should

span base joints for maximum rigidity.

When two raceway cover sections butt

together, use cover clip as shown

(406/806/2306).

3. Notching for Tee:

A. Make two cuts on side of base to be notched. Notch to

equal width of base. Break clean with pliers.

B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 415 Tee. Screw tee

fitting base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8"

[95mm] shorter than base. Snap on 415 Tee.

4. Notching for External Elbow:

A. Cut side of base to be notched.

B. Break clean with pliers.

5. Notching for Flat Elbow:

Cut side of base to be notched. Notch to equal width of base.

Break clean with pliers.

Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 411 Flat Elbow. Screw flat

elbow base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8" [9.5mm]

shorter than base. Snap on 411 Flat Elbow Cover.

6. Notching for Internal Elbow:

Cut side of base to be notched.

Break clean with pliers.

7. All Sure-Snap®device boxes are packaged unassembled for easy

installation. During shipment the base and cover pieces may

snap together. To unsnap the cover from base, place the blade

of a screwdriver into the locking tab (Figure 1). Push downward

and gently pry the cover from the base. Repeat at each corner

if necessary.

8. Mount the cover to the base by aligning

key on the inside of the cover with one

of the grooves on the base. Assemble

with four screws. (Tap screws to seat.)

9. Pull wiring through the center

knockout and attach the base

directly to in-ceiling box.

400, 800, 2300 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS

Raceway

Cover

1/2" & 3/4"

trade size KOs

Fitting

Cover

Use Washer for

1/2" trade size KO

Bottom Side Only

Conduit

Attachment

Tap Fitting

Base

Raceway Base

Install Base:

400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC

The adhesive on the 400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC and

2300BACD is intended to be used as an installation aid

for positioning the product. Applications with power

wire, screw fasteners must be used in addition to the

adhesive. Applications with communication cable only,

screw fasteners are recommended in addition to the adhesive.

For low-voltage applications – 400BAC can be mounted with

adhesive only (screw fasteners may be required depending on the

cable quantity and size); 800BAC and 2300BAC require screw

fasteners at 18" [457mm] intervals in addition to the adhesive.

Peel release paper from adhesive strip and mount immediately to

surface. Adhesive-backed raceway should be mounted to a clean,

dry, grease-free, smooth surface. Apply pressure along entire

raceway base to insure proper adhesion.

Raceway Cover

Cover

Clip

Base

3/8"

[9.5mm]

415 Tee Cover

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

815 Tee

2315 Tee

A. B.

418/818/2318

External Elbow Cover

(400) 7/8" [22.2mm]

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

811/2311

Flat Elbow

Cover

(800) 1 1/16" [27mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

411

90º Flat

Elbow Cover

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Base

417 Internal Elbow Cover 817/2317 Internal Elbow Cover

Butt or

Notch

Butt or Notch

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 3/8" [35mm]

[25mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[25mm]

Sure-Snap Device Boxes

Figure 1

2338A Round

Device Box

2337A Round

Device Box

ACCESS®5000 SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

110 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5007C-1A Device Bracket

5007C-2AB/ Deep Device Bracket

5007C-2RT

5010A Entrance End Feed

5010L Left End Cap

5010R Right End Cap

5017B Internal Base Elbow

5017C Internal Cover Elbow

5018B External Base Elbow

5018C External Cover Elbow

CM2 Communication Device

Series II Communication Device

TracJack Communication Device

Attractive baseboard molding that organizes and conceals electrical

wiring and communications cabling.

Access®5000 Series Raceway UL Code Reference .......................... 110

Access®5000 Series Raceway Color Options.................................... 110

Access®5000 Series Raceway System Layout ................................ 110

Access®5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 111

Access®5000 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 111

Access®5000 Series Raceway Installation Details .......................... 113

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

Access 5000 Series’ attractive, low profile baseboard

design blends with any decor.

KEY

ACCESS®5000

SERIES

Access®5000 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a

“WH” suffix are available with a white PVC finish. Part

Numbers with a “BK” suffix are available with

a black PVC finish. Part Numbers with a “GY” suffix are

available with a gray PVC finish. Part Numbers with a

“W” suffix are available in a real maple veneer finish.

Part Numbers with a “OA” suffix are available with a

real oak veneer finish.

white Gray Maple Veneer Oak VeneerBlack

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

Custom color options are also available. Consult

the factory for more information.

5010A

Back Feed Position

5017B,

5017C

5007C-1A

5010R 5010L

5007C-2AB/

5007C-2RT

CM2, TracJack, Series II

Communication Devices

5018B, 5018C

Why Wiremold…

To meet the needs of today's students in

this older dormitory, Access®5000

raceway was installed along the floor,

where it doubles as a baseboard while

providing power outlets and connections

for voice, data, and video. Raceway

covers and moldings were custom

colored to match the color scheme.

ACCESS 5000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 111

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5000B RACEWAY BASE –

5000B Base has an integral divider

forming two channels for power and

low-voltage separation. Base supplied

in 8' [2.44m] lengths, packed 80' [24.4m]

per carton. (Base is not visible in a

typical finished installation.)

5000CWH RACEWAY COVER –

5000CW 5000C Cover is available standard in

5000COA white, black, or gray PVC or maple and

5000CBK oak veneer finishes. Covers supplied in

5000CGY 8' [2.44m] lengths.

5000TWH QUARTER-ROUND TRIM –

5000TW Trim Cover available in white, black, or

5000TOA gray PVC or maple and oak veneer

5000TBK finishes. Trim covers supplied in

5000TGY 8' [2.44m] lengths.

5001 BASE COUPLING –

Use for aligning base sections.

TOP BOTTOM

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) COMP. COMP.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 27 19

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 22 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 15 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [8.9] 75

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 54

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 13 9

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 27 20

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 28 20

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 15 10

WIRE SIZE O.D. NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] TOP COMPARTMENT

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 24

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 20

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5006WH COVER CLIP –

5006BK For covering joint where two pieces of

5006GY Access 5000 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

5006A INTERNAL WIRE GUARD –

Use inside the base. Protects inside

wires and cables from gap behind

butted cover sections. Installed when

the 5006 Cover Clips are not used.

5010AWH ENTRANCE END FITTING –

5010ABK Used to connect Access 5000 to 1/2" or

5010AGY 3/4" trade size conduit. Has one 1/2" or

3/4" concentric KO for both channels in

end only.

5010RWH RIGHT END CAP –

5010RBK For closing right end of Access

5010RGY 5000 Series Raceway Base.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[127mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

4 9/16"

[116mm]

5 13/32"

[137mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

23/32"

[18.3mm]

4 19/32"

[117mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

Overall Assembled Depth

is 1 15/16" [49mm].

5 29/32"

[150mm]

5/16"

[7.9mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

15/16"

[24mm]

ACCESS®5000 SERIES RACEWAY

112 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5018WG EXTERNAL ELBOW WIRE GUARD –

Installs at a mitered external elbow

joint behind the covers to protect sharp

objects from being inserted. Not needed

when the external cover elbow is used.

5007C-1AWH DEVICE PLATE –

5007C-1ABK External device cover; for mounting

5007C-1AGY one standard device and up to two

communication connections.

For faceplate options, see 5507

Series™Faceplates.

(For power side only.)

5007C-2ABWH DEEP DEVICE PLATE –

5007C-2ABBK For mounting deeper devices

5007C-2ABGY such as TVSS receptacles, GFCI

devices, and Pass & Seymour®Activate

inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™Faceplates,

2A size Activate inserts, and Open

System communication modules. Bezels

included. For faceplate options, see

5507 Series™Faceplates.

5007C-2RTWH DEEP DEVICE PLATE –

5007C-2RTBK For mounting deeper devices

5007C-2RTGY such as TVSS receptacles, GFCI

devices, and Pass & Seymour®Activate

inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™

Faceplates, Ortronics®TracJack, and

Series II Inserts. Bezels included.

For faceplate options, see 5507

Series™Faceplates.

5007C ELECTRICAL DEVICE BRACKET –

For mounting standard devices.

Snaps into top section of base

wherever an outlet is needed.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5010LWH LEFT END CAP –

5010LBK For closing left end of Access

5010LGY 5000 Series Raceway Base.

5017B INTERNAL ELBOW BASE –

For mounting base at 90°

internal corners.

5017CWH INTERNAL ELBOW COVER –

5017CBK For mounting cover and trim cover

5017CGY at 90° internal corners.

5017WG INTERNAL ELBOW WIRE GUARD –

Protects wiring at mitered internal

cover; snaps into 5017B Base Elbow.

Not needed when 5017C Internal Cover

Elbow is used.

5018B EXTERNAL BASE ELBOW –

For mounting base at 90°

external corners.

5018-CWH EXTERNAL COVER ELBOW –

5018-CBK For mounting cover and trim cover at

5018-CGY 90° external corners.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

2 21/32"

[67mm]

5 5/16"

[135mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[25mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm] 5/16"

[7.9mm]

5 29/32"

[150mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm] 2"

[51mm]

9/16"

[14.3mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm] 5 3/16"

[132mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

ACCESS 5000®SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 113

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5005WH LOW-VOLTAGE BLANK PLATE –

5005BK Blanks entire low-voltage recess in

5005GY device plate. For use with

5007C-1AXX only.

5004WH BLANK/COAX ADAPTER –

5004W For use as a blanks; has KO to accept

5004OA an “F” type coax connector. Snaps into

5004BK low-voltage slots on device plates. For

5004GY use with 5007C-1AXX only.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

2700WC WIRE CLIP –

2800WC Holds and secures wiring and cabling

2900WC inside raceway. Mounts with adhesive

backing. 2700WC is used for small

bundles. 2800WC is used for bigger

bundles. 2900WC is used for larger

bundles in the top section only.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

Corners must be 90 degrees to

ensure proper installation. The

5018B External Base Elbow

and 5018C External Cover

Elbow are installed as

shown. Butt the 5000B

Base against the 5018B

Fitting Shoulder before

mounting. The 5000T

Trim Cover is installed

first, then the 5000C is

snapped in place, aligning both

with the 5018B fitting shoulder.

The 5018C External Cover Elbow is installed by engaging the

right-hand side of the cover with the 5018B Base and sliding

until the left side top and bottom snap in. The 5018C External

Cover Elbow is then snapped in place overlapping the 5000T

Trim Covers and interlocking under the 5018C External Cover.

2. For Mitered Corners:

The 5018WG External Elbow

Wire Guard is installed as

shown inside the

5018B External Base

Elbow when the covers

are mitered instead of

using the 5018C External

Cover Elbow. It is

recommended that

the covers be mitered

first and fitted before

cutting to proper length

to minimize waste. For

ease of installation, the covers should be installed starting

at the mitered corners. As with the corner fittings, install

the 5000T Trim Cover first, then snap the 5000C Covers

in place.

3. This illustration shows an

example of a back feed using

a nonmetallic sheathed

cable. Punch or drill up to

3/4" trade size hole in the top

compartment for feeding

power or communication

wiring. Make sure to allow

space between the bottom of

the 5000B Base if on a

subfloor to allow for the

finished floor or carpeting.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS

Trim Cover

5018C*

Fitting

Shoulder

Snap-on

Cover

External Elbow

Base 5018B

External

Cover Elbow

5018C*

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Mounting

Grooves

Trim

Cover

5000T*

Base 5000B

External

Base Elbow

5018B Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T Snap-on

Cover

Mitered

Cover 5000C

External Elbow Wire Guard

5018WG (Slide Wire Guard

into Cover/Base Assembly)

Mitered

Cover 5000C

5000B Base

Strain Relief

Fitting

(Strip Sheathed

Cable Back to

Connector)

Spaced for

Carpeting

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers

(5000T), cover (5000C) should be mitered.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 7/32"

[107mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

21/32"

[16.7mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

CAT. NO. W

2700WC

3/4" [19.1mm]

2800WC

1" [25mm]

2900WC 1 1/2" [38mm]

4. The 5006 Cover Clip is

installed between two covers

to hide an uneven joint.

Snap one cover onto the

Base, slide the 5006 Cover

Clip over the end of the

other cover, butt up against

the installed cover and snap

into place.

The 5006A Internal Wire

Guard is used behind the

covers as shown where two

pieces of cover butt together

instead of using the 5006

Cover Clip. This option is primarily used when a

wood veneer finish is used and the look of an exposed

cover clip is not wanted.

A 5010L or 5010R Left or Right End Cap is installed as shown

at the end of a base run before mounting. The 5000T Trim

Cover and the 5000C Cover are installed by partially snapping

them in place onto the 5000B Base, installing the 5000T first,

and sliding them to the end of the end caps. The rest of the

cover is then snapped progressively onto the base.

An optional 5001 Base Coupling can be installed as shown to

assist alignment when butting two 5000B Bases together.

Slide

Cover into

End Cap

Left

End Cap

5010L

Base

5000B

Base

Coupling

5001

Internal Wire

Guard 5006A

Cover Clip

5006

Cover

5000C

Cover

5000C

ACCESS®5000 SERIES RACEWAY

114 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

Corners must be 90° to ensure

proper installation. The 5017B

Internal Base Elbow is installed

as shown, using a spacing

shim to allow for the

finished floor. The 5000B

Base butts up to the 5017B

Base Elbow at shoulder

before mounting. The

5000T Trim Cover is installed

first, then the 5000C Cover is

snapped in place aligning both

with the 5017B Base Elbow.

The 5017C Internal Elbow

Cover Trim is snapped in place,

overlapping the 5000T Trim Cover pieces. The 5017C

Internal Elbow Cover is then snapped onto the 5017B

Base Elbow, overlapping the 5000C Cover pieces. The

locking tab on the 5017C Cover Elbow will snap into

slots in the back of the 5017B Base Elbow.

6. For Mitered Corners:

The 5017WG Internal Elbow Wire

Guard is snapped into

the 5017B Base Elbow

when the covers are

mitered instead of using

the 5017C Cover Elbow.

It is recommended that

the covers be mitered

and fitted first before

cutting to proper length to

minimize waste. For ease of

installation the covers should

be installed starting at the mitered corners. As with the corner

fittings, install the 5000T Trim Covers first and then snap the

5000C Covers in place.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)

Internal Cover

Elbow 5017C*

Snap-on

Cover

Locking

Tab

Internal

Elbow Cover

5017C*

Spacing

Shim

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Trim Cover

5000T*

Fitting

Shoulder Internal Elbow

Base 5017B

Trim Cover

5000T

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T),

cover (5000C) should be mitered and assembled as shown.

The illustration shows a

typical installation of a

duplex outlet in the top

compartment and a

telephone and coax

connection in the

lower compartment.

To install an

outlet in the top

compartment, a

5007C Device Bracket

must be installed. The

raceway will accommodate a device up to

1 1/16" [27mm] in depth. A 5507R

Rectangular Faceplate can be used instead of the

5507D Faceplate to accommodate decorative type devices.

The 2900WC, 2800WC, and 2700WC Wire Clips are used to hold wires

and cables within the raceway. Remove the adhesive and mount to the

5000B Base. Suggested spacing between wire clips is 48" [14.6m].

The 5000C Cover is to butt up against the tabs on the 5007C Device

Brackets as shown.

The 5007C-1A Device Plate accommodates up to two RJ11 or RJ45 voice

or data connectors in the lower compartment. The 5004 Blank/Coax

Adapter is used as a blank when only one opening is needed or to adapt

an “F” type coax connector. This is done by knocking out the center of

the adapter which accepts the “F” connector. The wires are then

connected to the 5007C-1A assembly. If no low-voltage connections are

needed, the 5005 Blank Plate is used to cover the openings. The

5007C-1A assembly is then mounted to the 5000B Base.

Fitting

Shoulder

Internal

Elbow Base

5017B Mitered

Trim Cover

5000T

Snap-on

Mitered

Cover

Snap-on

Internal Wire

Guard 5017WG

Mitered

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T

Trim Cover 5000T

Baseboard Cover 5000C

Duplex

Faceplate

5507D

Telephone/

Data

Connections

Blank

Plate

5005

Coax

Adapter

5004

Device Plate

5007C-1A

Baseboard

Base 5000B

2900WC

2800WC

Wire Clips

8. The 5007C Device Bracket is installed

as shown. Insert the bracket in the top

compartment, place the blade of a

screwdriver on the left bottom tab of

the bracket and strike with a hammer.

Repeat on the right side. 5007C Device

Brackets are mounted anywhere a

device is needed, in upper

compartment only.

9. The 5007C-1A Device Plate assembles by engaging the hooks on

back side of device plate to the bottom lip on the 5000B Base and

rotating toward wall. Secure to base using 5507D or 5507R

Faceplate. This illustration shows the procedure for installing the

5000T Trim Cover. For deep devices such as GFCI and surge

receptacles, or the use of Wiremold Open System communication

modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate Series inserts, the 5007C-

2A should be used. For Ortronics®Series II or Ortronics®TracJack

inserts, the 5507C-2R7 should be used.

10.Use 5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT

for deep devices such as

Ground Fault Circuit

Interrupters, Surge

Protection Outlets and/or

communication devices, and

may be utilized in the

Wiremold Access 5000

Raceway System using this

5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT

Deep Device Plate.

Twist off the two spacers

attached to the 5007C Device Bracket. Snap the 5007C Device Bracket

into the base channel provided. Assemble the device to the device

bracket, utilizing the spacers. Assemble the deep device plate to the

raceway base. Engage the hooks, located next to the double window

opening, to the lower (large) lip of the raceway base. Rotate the device

plate toward the wall snapping it into place. Assemble the desired

5507 Faceplate with Wiremold Open System communication modules,

Ortronics®TracJack and Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts.

11.The 5010A Entrance End

Feed provides an end feed to

Access 5000 Raceway with

1/2" or 3/4" trade size

conduit. Install with side

walls of the fitting base and

raceway base aligned.

Access 5000 Raceway

installed at baseboard level

should be spaced a

minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm]

above the floor level. This

will facilitate the

assembly/disassembly

of the end fitting cover.

Base 5000B Device Bracket

5007C

Trim Cover,

Rotate into

Position

Device

Plate

Device Plate –

Hook to Lip

of Base

5007C-1A

5507D

5507R

5000T

5007C-2AB

5507R

5007C

5000C

Spacer

Raceway

Base

Raceway Cover

Entrance End

Feed (Cover)

5010A

Entrance End

Feed (Base)

5010A

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 115

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

40N2B08 Raceway Base

40N2C08 Raceway Cover

40N2F05 Base Clip

40N2F06 Cover Clip

40N2 F11 Bend Radius Flat Elbow

40N2F15 Bend Radius Tee

40N2 F17 Bend Radius Internal Elbow

40N2F19 Bend Radius External Elbow

40N2 F20 Blank End Fitting

40N2F21 Divided Entrance End Fitting

40N2F31 Twin Cover Device Bracket

40N2F74 Divided Transition Fitting

PSB1 One-Gang Device Box

Two-piece, dual-channel, large raceway. Lightweight an easy-to-install.

Ideal for both power and communication installations.

CableSmart®40N2 Series Raceway UL Code Reference ................ 115

CableSmart®40N2 Series Raceway Color Options .......................... 115

CableSmart®40N2 Series Raceway System Layout ........................ 115

CableSmart®40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...... 116

CableSmart®40N2 Series Raceway Ordering Information ............ 116

CableSmart®40N2 Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ....... 117

5507 Series™Device Plates Ordering Information .......................... 129

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for

showing product

applications only.

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway is extremely

tamper-resistant and ideal for applications

where additional security is required.

KEY

CABLESMART®40N2 SERIES

Cablesmart®40N2 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-V”

suffix are available in an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH”

suffix have a white finish. 40N2 Series Raceway is paintable using

latex paint or stain.

White Ivory

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

Custom color options are also available. Consult

the factory for more information.

40N2F21

PSB1

40N2F15

40N2B08

40N2F31

40N2F20

40N2F06

40N2F19

40N2F11

40N2C08 40N2F17

40N2F05

40N2F31

40N2F74

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™RACEWAY

116 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

40N2B08V TWO-COMPARTMENT RACEWAY BASE –

40N2B08WH Two equal compartments. Use with

40N2 Cover only. Available in

8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched

mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]

per carton.

40N2C08V FULL WIDTH RACEWAY COVER –

40N2C08WH Use with 40N2B08 Base.

Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed

48' [14.6m] per carton.

40N2FWC WIRE CLIP –

Used to retain cables in raceway

during installation.

Section Section

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) C D

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL* 40% FILL*

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 45 24

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 37 19

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 26 13

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a** 0.354 [9.0] 13 6

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 95

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 11

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 103 55

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 46 24

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 25 13

NUMBER OF MAX. NUMBER OF

WIRE SIZE O.D. COMPARTMENTS CONDUCTORS BOTH

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] COMP A COMP B COMPARTMENTS

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 20 20 28

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 18 18 36

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 17 17 24

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 15 15 20

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 55 10

40N2 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40N2 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*40% fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on TIA/EIA 569-A.

** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

40N2F05V BASE CLIP –

40N2F05WH Covers seams between sections of

40N2B08 Raceway Base.

40N2F06V COVER CLIP –

40N2F06WH Covers seams between sections of

40N2C08 Raceway Cover.

40N2F11V RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

40N2F11WH FLAT ELBOW –

A 90° flat corner with integral dividers

to provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic installations.

Ideal for lay-in or pull-

through installations.

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[51mm]

[102mm]

[2.45m]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[2.45m]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

(Each leg)

Section A

3.22 in.2

[2080mm2]

Section B

1.71 in.2

[1100mm2]

Section C

3.22 in.2

[2080mm2]

Section D

1.71 in.2

[1100mm2]

4.0"

[102mm]

2.0"

[51mm]

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 117

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

40N2F15V RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –

40N2F15WH For branches at right angles. A full

capacity tee fitting that provides

separation of services and 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP and

fiber optic installations.

40N2F17V RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

40N2F17WH INTERNAL ELBOW –

A 90° internal corner with integral

dividers to provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in or

pull-through installations.

40N2F19V RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

40N2F19WH EXTERNAL ELBOW –

A 90° external corner with integral

dividers to provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in or

pull-through installations.

40N2F20V BLANK END FITTING –

40N2F20WH Closes off raceway end runs. Can be

used to feed raceway using 1/2" or 3/4"

trade size conduit. Holes for conduit

must be drilled. Use a step drill or

other means.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

40N2F21V DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –

40N2F21WH FiberReady divided fitting to feed 40N2

Series Raceway. Includes 3/4", 1",

1 1/4", and 1 1/2" trade size KOs on

back and top.

40N2F31V TWIN COVER DEVICE BRACKET –

40N2F31WH Used for power or communications

devices in a single compartment.

Accepts 5507 Series™Faceplates. For

use with Ortronics®TracJack Individual

Jack System, Ortronics®Series II

Front-Loading, Module System,

and Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules.

40N2F55 HIGH CAPACITY DEVICE BOX –

Required for mounting power or

datacom devices into a divided

raceway application. One used per

device location.

40N2F74V DIVIDED TRANSITION FITTING –

40N2F74WH Makes transition from 40N2 Series

Raceway to PN03, PN05, and PN10

Series Raceways.

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

12 15/16"

[329mm]

8 9/16"

[217mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

(Each leg)

2 11/16"

[68mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

(Each leg)

11/16"

[17.5mm]

[152mm]

7 5/16"

[186mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

NOTE:CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®inserts. S2-EPL

End Plates are required when using Ortronics®Series II inserts.

To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

1 3/16"

[30mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 15/16"

[74mm]

6 1/8"

[156mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

1/2" or 3/4 trade size Conduit 40N2 Series Raceway 40N2F20

3/4", 1", 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" trade size 40N2 Series Raceway 40N2F21

conduit or armored cable

40N2 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 40N2F74

Series Raceways

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

118 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5400C Raceway Cover

5400TWC Twin Cover Wire Clip

5400TB Two Compartment Base

5400TC Twin Snap Cover

5406A Cover Clip

5406T Twin Cover Seam Clip

5410 Entrance End Fitting

5410DFO Entrance End Feed

5411FO Flat Elbow

5415 Tee

5417FO Radiused Internal Elbow

5418 Standard External Elbow

5418FO Radiused External Elbow

5450 In-Line Device Bracket

5450A3 Multiple Device Bracket

5450T Twin Snap Device Bracket

5474 Transition Fitting

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and

easy-to-cut. Ideal for power or communication installations that

require multiple services.

5400 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ...................................... 118

5400 Series™Raceway Color Options ................................................ 118

5400 Series™Raceway System Layout ............................................ 118

5400 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 119

5400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 119

MXN Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 121

MXN Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 121

5400 Series™Raceway Installation Instructions .............................. 122

5400 Series™Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...................123

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

5400 Series Raceway provides large capacity

in a low profile design.

KEY

5400

SERIES™

5400 Series™Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a

white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix are only available in an

ivory finish. 5400 Series Raceway is paintable using latex paint

or stain.

White Ivory

5400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

Custom color options are also available. Consult

the factory for more information.

5410DFO

5406T

5450T

5400TB 5417FO

5400TC

5418

5418FO

5474

5415 5400C

Communication

Device

5450A3

5410

5400TWC

5411FO

5406A

5450

5400 Series Raceway now compatible with

A/V devices by using 5507 Series Faceplates.

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 119

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5400TB TWO-COMPARTMENT RACEWAY BASE –

5400TB-WH Two equal compartments – Base

accepts single or Twin Snap Cover.

5400 Series raceway is available in 8'

[2.4m] lengths with pre-punched

mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]

per carton.

5400C FULL-WIDTH RACEWAY COVER –

5400C-WH Use with 5400 Series Raceway.

Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed

48' [14.6m] per carton.

5400TC TWIN SNAP RACEWAY COVER –

5400TC-WH Use with 5400 Series Raceway in

Twin Snap applications. Order cover

for each compartment. Available in

8' [2.4m] lengths.

Section

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) EACH COMPARTMENT

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL*

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 52

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 42

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 30

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a** 0.354 [8.9] 15

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 11

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 26

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 53

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 54

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 28

NUMBER OF

WIRE SIZE O.D. CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] EACH COMPARTMENT

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

Without Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

With Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19

5400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

5400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and

maximum permissible heat rise.

** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

*Total raceway capacity not to exceed capacity specified in Compartment.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5400TWC TWIN SNAP COVER WIRE CLIP –

Retains wires in raceway.

5406A COVER CLIP –

5406A-WH For covering joint where two pieces of

5400C Raceway Cover come together.

5406T TWIN COVER CLIP –

5406T-WH For covering joint where two pieces

of 5400TC Cover come together.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

5 1/4"

[133mm]

3.72 sq. in.

[2400mm2]3.72 sq. in.

[2400mm2]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Total Raceway Capacity:

7.44 sq. in. [4800mm2]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

[127mm]

2 9/16"

[116mm]

Each

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[51mm]

5 3/32"

[129mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[25mm]

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

120 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5406TB BASE SEAM CLIP –

5406TB-WH For covering joint where two pieces of

5400TB Base come together. One clip

per package.

5408L TRANSITION FITTING –

5408L-WH For transitioning from MXN2A08

Corner Drop to a horizontal

run of 5400TB Series Raceway

to the left.

5408R TRANSITION FITTING –

5408R-WH For transitioning from MXN2A08

Corner Drop to a horizontal

run of 5400TB Series Raceway

to the right.

5410 BLANK END FITTING –

5410-WH For closing open end of 5400 Series

Raceway. Has four 1/2" trade size KOs

for end feed.

5410DFO RADIUSED DIVIDED

5410DFO-WH ENTRANCE END CAP –

FiberReady divided fitting to feed

5400 Series Raceway. Includes 1",

1 1/4", 1 1/2", and 2" trade size KOs

on back and top.

5411FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

5411FO-WH FLAT ELBOW –

For right angle turns on the same

surface. Integral dividers provide

2" [51mm] cable bend radius for UTP

and fiber optic installations. Ideal for

lay-in or pull-through installations.

5415 TEE –

5415-WH For branching raceway at right angles.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5415FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –

5415FO-WH A full capacity tee fitting for branching

raceway at right angles. Provides

separation of services and 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP and fiber

optic installations.

5417FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

5417FO-WH INTERNAL ELBOW –

For right angle turns around

internal corners. Integral dividers

provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius for

UTP and fiber optic installations. Ideal

for lay-in or pull-through installations.

5418 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For right angle turns around

external corners.

5418FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

5418FO-WH EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For right angle turns around external

corners. Integral dividers provide 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius for UTP and

fiber optic installations. Use the 5418FO

for a radiused alternative to 5418.

5450 DEVICE BRACKET –

5450-WH For mounting power and

communication devices in-line with

5400 Series Raceway. Utilizes 5507

Series™Faceplates, as well as Wiremold

Open System communication modules,

Ortronics®TracJack and Series II inserts,

and Pass & Seymour®Activate Series

inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507

Series™Faceplates.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 3/4"

[44mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

5 15/32"

[139mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

7 25/32"

[198mm]

(Each leg)

4 27/32"

[123mm]

6 9/16"

[167mm]

14 1/4"

[362mm]

9 7/8"

[251mm]

9 1/8"

[232mm]

13"

[330mm]

[102mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

(Each leg)

5 9/32"

[134mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

(Each leg)

10"

[254mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

10"

[254mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5 5/32"

[131mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate inserts. S2-EPL

End Plates are required when using Ortronics®Series II inserts. To

mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

[102mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

(Each leg)

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 121

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5450T TWIN SNAP DEVICE BRACKET –

5450T-WH For power or communication devices in

a single compartment. For use with

5507 Series™Faceplates, Ortronics®

TracJack & Series II Modules, Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts, and

Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules,

5450A3 THREE DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –

5450A3-WH For mounting up to three power or

communication devices at one location

inline and offset from 5400 Series

Raceway. For use with 5507 Series™

Faceplates, Ortronics®TracJack &

Series II Modules, Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series Inserts, and Wiremold

Open System Communication Modules.

5450-ORAP WIRELESS BRACKET –

Used to mount Ortronics®Wi-Jack™

Wireless Access Points to 5400

Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5474 TRANSITION FITTING –

5474-WH Makes transition from 5400 Series

Raceway to the 400/800/2300, or

PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series

Latching Raceways.

MXN2A08 CORNER DROP RACEWAY

MXN2A08-WH BASE & COVER –

Used as a vertical corner feed drop

to horizontal runs of 5400 Series

Raceway. Two compartments.

Packaged with base and cover.

MXN2A08 available in 8' [2.44m] lengths.

MXN2F21 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

MXN2F21-WH For feeding corner drop raceway from

large conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1",

and 1 1/2" trade size KOs.

MXN2FWC WIRE CLIP –

Retains wires in MXN2A08

Corner Drop Raceway.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

7 9/16"

[192mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules. S2-EPL End Plates are required when

using Ortronics®Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use

5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

7 19/32"

[193mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics®Series II inserts.

To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

6 1/8"

[156mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

[51mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

Section

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

EA. COMPARTMENT

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 19

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 5

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 4

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 20

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 20

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 10

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] EACH COMPARTMENT

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

MXN SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

MXN SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

122 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Mount raceway base to wall by

using appropriate screws. Use

two screws every 18" [457mm]

using the ribs on the outermost

compartments of the raceway

as guides.

2. Place the 5400TWC Wire Clips

in base as shown to contain the

wires in place while installing.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

3. Slide the 5406A and 5406T Seam

Covers on the uninstalled

section of raceway cover as

shown; snap cover to the base

overlapping the seam cover

over the installed section.

5406TB Base Seam Clip used

for base seams.

4. Sequence for installing devices:

1. Snap bracket in raceway base.

2. Fasten devices to bracket.

Communication devices snap

onto bracket.

3. Snap raceway covers to base,

butting against bracket.

4. Assemble trim ring.

5. Insert CM-EPLA or

S2-EPL, if required.

6. Install Wiremold

Open System

communication modules,

Ortronics®TracJack or

Series II inserts, or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series

inserts required.

7. Or install 5507 Faceplates,

if required.

5400TB

18"

[457mm]

5400TWC

5406A

5400C

5406TB

5406T 5400TC

5450

NOTE: Use blank plates to

cover any unused slots

in bracket.

5. Install bracket to raceway base first,

mount to the wall with screws, and

mount device. After installing

raceway cover, snap box cover to

bracket and assemble

faceplates. Install Wiremold

Open System Communication

Modules, Ortronics®TracJack

or Series II inserts, or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series Inserts, or

5507 Faceplates. Use 5407A3 with

5400TB to install three devices at

one location.

5450A3

6. Snap 5450T Bracket to raceway

base, engage sidewall first then

divider side. Install Wiremold

Open System communication

modules, Ortronics®TracJack or

Series II inserts, or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series

inserts, or 5507 Faceplates.

Snap raceway cover to base and

finish with 5450T Trim Plate

(engaging raceway sidewall first

then divider side).

5450T

7. End cap may be used as a blank

to cap off the raceway at the

end-of-run, or to feed wires

from a 1/2" trade size pipe;

punch out the proper KO. Mount

endcap to raceway base using

appropriate screws.

8. Feeding raceway from conduit.

1. Line up base of the fitting with

the raceway base using the

tongues as guides.

2. Fasten the base of the fitting

to the wall using screws.

3. Remove the proper KO.

4. Attach conduit using

proper fitting.

5. Feed the necessary cables.

6. Slide the dividers (two

provided) into the mounting

guides if needed.

7. Snap the raceway cover on

the base.

8. Snap fitting cover onto the

base using guiding keyslots

in base.

5410

NOTE: The 5400TB Base can be

rotated 90° to allow feed

from back instead of side.

9. Mount flat elbow as shown;

assemble raceway covers first,

then elbow cover.

5411FO

5400 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 123

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

10. Punch out appropriate hole in

the tee fitting base and snap to

raceway base; screw down to

wall. Assemble raceway covers

to base and then snap tee cover,

overlapping raceway covers.

11. Install one corner base

first, then measure to

other corner (measure

from edges of fittings).

Mount raceway base

and cover; assemble

fitting cover last.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)

12. Punch out appropriate hole in

fitting base and snap to the

raceway base; screw down to the

wall. Remove proper twistout

from the insert by first scoring

with a knife. Slide the insert onto

fitting cover. Assemble raceway

covers to base and then snap

fitting cover, overlapping

raceway covers.

5415

5417FO

5418 or 5418FO

5474

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

5400 Series Raceway 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 5474

5400 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways 5474

5400 Series Raceway MXN2A08 5408L/5408R

1/2" Trade size Conduit Side of 5400 Series Raceway 5410 or 5410DFO

or Armored Cable

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2"

Trade size

Back or Side of 5400TB 5410DFO

Conduit or Armored Cable

5400 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

Why Wiremold…

Northside Independent School

District in San Antonio, Texas, is

keeping ahead of the technology

curve with Wiremold wire and

cable management systems. 5400

Series nonmetallic, dual-channel

raceway is installed in all

classrooms for teacher and

student computers.

5500 SERIES™RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

124 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5510 End Cap/Entrance End Fitting

5510D Entrance End Fitting

5506 Cover Clip

5550 In-Line Device Bracket

5518 External Elbow

5514A Back Connector Feed

5517FO

Radiused

Full Capacity Internal Elbow

5515 Tee Fitting/Take-Off Connector

5550A4

Multiple Device

Bracket

5574 or Inline Transition Fitting

5574A

5500WCA Wire Clip

5511FO Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

5518FO Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and easy to cut.

Ideal for power or communication installations where flexibility for

future moves and changes is important.

5500 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ...................................... 124

5500 Series™Raceway Color Options ................................................ 124

5500 Series™Raceway System Layout ............................................ 124

5500 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 125

5500 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 125

5500 Series™Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...................127

5500 Series™Raceway Installation Instructions .............................. 127

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

5500 Series Raceway is available with three

compartments for running low voltage and power

in the same raceway.

KEY

5500

SERIES™

5500 Series™Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a

white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix are only available in an

ivory finish. 5500 Series Raceway is paintable using latex paint.

White Ivory

5500 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

5510

5506

5550

5518

5514A

5517FO

5515

5550A4

5574 or

5574A

5507WCA

5511FO

5510

5518FO

Communication

Devices

5500 Series Raceway now compatible with

A/V devices by using 5507 Series Faceplates.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

5500 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 125

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5500BD3 DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE –

5500BD3-WH Three equal compartments – use for

separate services in one raceway.

Breakaway dividers enable

compartment configurations.

Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths. Packed

48' [14.6m] per carton.

5500C RACEWAY COVER –

5500C-WH Use with 5500BD3. Available

in 8' [2.4m] lengths. Packed

48' [14.6m] per carton.

5500WCA WIRE CLIP –

Retains wires in raceway.

Section

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL*

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] A BC

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 114 37 71

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 94 30 58

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 66 21 41

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a** 0.354 [8.9] 33 10 20

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24 8 15

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 56 18 35

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 117 37 72

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 118 38 73

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 63 20 39

NUMBER OF

WIRE SIZE O.D. CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] COMP A COMP B COMP C

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 41 50

Without Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 46 70

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 18 40

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 15 34

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 35 50

With Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 16 70

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 8 36

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 5 25

5500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and

maximum permissible heat rise.

** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5506 COVER CLIP –

5506-WH For covering seam where two pieces of

5500C Cover come together.

5506B BASE SEAM CLIP –

5506B-WH For covering seam where two pieces of

5500BD3 Base come together.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2.64

Sq. In

[1703mm2]

5.29 Sq. In

[3413mm2]

8.14 Sq. In.

[5252mm2]

2.64

sq.in

[1703mm2]

2.64

sq.in

[1703mm2]

2.64

sq.in

[1703mm2]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

B C

5500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

[51mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

5500™SERIES RACEWAY

126 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5518FO BEND RADIUS FULL CAPACITY

5518FO-WH EXTERNAL ELBOW –

90° external corner with integral

dividers that provide a 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP and fiber

optic installations. Use the 5518FO for

a radiused alternative to the 5518.

5574 TRANSITION FITTING –

5574-WH Makes transition from 5500 Series

Raceway to the 400, 800, 2300, PN03,

PN05 and PN10 Latching

Series Raceways.

5550 DEVICE INLINE BRACKET –

5550-WH For mounting up to three power and

communication devices with the

5500 Series Raceway. Utilizes 5507

Series™Faceplates, Wiremold Open

System communication modules,

Ortronics®TracJack and Series II inserts,

and Pass & Seymour®Activate Series

inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507

Series™Faceplates.

5550A4 OFFSET MOUNTING DEVICE BRACKET –

5550A4-WH For mounting up to four power and

communication devices at one location.

Utilizes 5507 Series™Faceplates,

Wiremold Open System communication

modules, Ortronics®TracJack and

Series II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts. For faceplate

options, see 5507 Series™Faceplates.

5574A TRANSITION FITTING –

5574A-WH Makes transition from 5500 Series

Raceway to 5400 Series Raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5510 BLANK END FITTING –

5510-WH For closing open end of 5500BD3

Raceway. Three 1/2" trade size KOs for

end feed.

5510D ENTRANCE END FITTING –

5510D-WH For feeding raceway from larger

conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1", 1 1/2",

and 2" trade size KOs on end and back.

Two removable dividers are included.

5511FO RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

5511FO-WH FLAT ELBOW –

90° flat corner with integral dividers

that provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in or pull-

through installations.

5514A BACKFEED CONNECTOR –

5514A-WH Use when a backfeed is needed. Has

three rectangular KOs for use with

existing wall box and three 1/2", 3/4",

and 1" trade size KOs.

5515 TEE/TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR –

5515-WH For branching raceway at right angles.

5517FO BEND RADIUS FULL CAPACITY

5517FO-WH INTERNAL ELBOW –

90° internal corner with integral

dividers that provides a 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in or pull-

through installations.

5518 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

5518-WH For right angle turns around

external corners.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 13/16"

[46mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

5 13/16"

[148mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

Each Leg

8 9/16"

[217mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

[203mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

9 1/8"

[232mm]

8 3/16"

[208mm]

[102mm]

Each Leg

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm] 6 7/8"

[175mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Each Leg

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Each Leg

6 7/8"

[175mm]

[102mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

[229mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

6 9/16"

[167mm]

9 1/8"

[231mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

[127mm]

2 7/8" x 1 3/4"

[73mm x 44mm]

cutout

[152mm] 7/16"

[11.1mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate

inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using

Ortronics®Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts,

use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour®Activate

inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using

Ortronics®Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts,

use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

9 5/8"

[244mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 5/16"

[186mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CM-ARA ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. No CM-

EPLA End Plates required. Accepts two

CM2 Series Wiremold Open System

communication modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

5500 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 127

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ARA-S2 ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. Angled

exit provides additional mounting

depth required for A/V connections as

well as ensuring the required bend

radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.

Holds two Ortronics®Series II

modules.Fits 5507 Series

Faceplate opening.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[51mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

FROM TO NUMBER

5500BD3 Series Raceway 400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC 5574

5500BD3 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway 5574

5500BD3 Series Raceway 5400TB Series Raceway 5574A

Existing Outlet 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A

1/2", 3/4", & 1" Trade Size Back of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A or 5510D

Conduit or Armored Cable

1/2" Trade Size Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5510 or 5510D

Conduit or Armored Cable

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade Size Back or Side of 5500BD3 5510D

Conduit or Armored Cable Series Raceway

5500 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

5500 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

Integral dividers of the 5500BD3

may be removed by tearing off at

the score mark. Mount raceway

base to wall by using appropriate

screws. Use two screws every 18"

[457mm], using the ribs on the

outermost compartments of the

raceway as guides.

2. Place the 5500WCA Wire Clips

in base as shown to contain the

wires in place while installing.

3. Slide the 5506 Cover Clip on the

uninstalled section of raceway

cover as shown; snap cover to

the base overlapping the seam

cover over the installed section.

5500C

5500BD3

5500WCA

5506

5. Install bracket to raceway base

first, mount to the wall with

screws, and mount device. After

installing raceway cover, snap

box cover to bracket and

assemble device plate.

4. Sequence for installing devices:

1. Snap bracket in raceway base.

2. Fasten devices to bracket.

Communication devices snap onto

bracket (see Communication

Connectivity Section).

3. Snap raceway covers to base,

butting against bracket.

4. Assemble trim ring.

5. Insert CM-EPLA or S2-EPL,

if required.

6. Install Wiremold Open System

communication modules,

Ortronics®TracJack or Series II

inserts, or Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts required.

7. Or install 5507 faceplates,

if required.

5550

NOTE: Use blank plates to

cover any unused slots

in bracket.

5550A4

5500™SERIES RACEWAY

128 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5500 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)

7. Feed raceway from larger conduit.

1. Line up base of the fitting with

the raceway base using the

tongues as guides.

2. Fasten the base of the fitting to

the wall using screws.

3. Remove the proper KO.

4. Attach conduit using proper fitting.

5. Feed the necessary cables.

6. Slide the dividers (two provided)

into the mounting guides if needed.

7. Snap the raceway cover on

the base.

8. Snap fitting cover onto the base

using guiding keyslots in base.

6. End cap may be used as a blank

to cap off the raceway at the

end-of-run, or to feed wires

from a 1/2" trade size pipe

(punch out the proper KO).

Mount endcap to raceway base

using appropriate screws. Slide

raceway cover under the upper

lip of the end cap as shown,

before snapping to base. 5510

Screw

Locations

5510D

8. Mount flat elbow as shown;

assemble raceway covers first,

then elbow cover.

9. Use this fitting to back feed

from existing wall box, or to

feed from 1/2", 3/4" and 1"

trade size conduit: score KO

with knife, then punch out.

10. Punch out appropriate hole in the

tee fitting base, and snap to

raceway base; screw down to wall.

Assemble raceway covers to base

and then snap to tee cover

overlapping raceway covers.

5511FO

5514A

5515

11. Install one corner base first,

then measure to other

corner (measure from

edges of fittings). Mount

raceway base, and cover;

assemble fitting cover last.

12. Punch out appropriate hole in

fitting base and snap to the

raceway base; screw down to

the wall. Remove proper

twistout from the insert by first

scoring with a knife and then

twisting. Slide the insert onto

fitting cover. Assemble raceway

covers to base and then snap

fitting cover, overlapping

raceway covers. 5574

5518 or

5518FO

5517FO

Why Wiremold…

When 23 older schools in Syracuse, N.Y.

were renovated, the upgrade included

power and data. Dual-channel

nonmetallic raceway was selected for

use throughout the project. The

perimeter raceway offers high fill

capacity, 2" cable bend radius fittings,

and robust tamper resistance. According

to the contractor, nonmetallic raceway

is easy to cut, handle, and install.

5507 SERIES™FACEPLATES

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 129

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5507 Series™Faceplates accept a wide assortment of power, A/V and

datacom devices from leading manufacturers. Faceplates can be

used in nonmetallic device brackets for 2300BACD, 400BAC, 5000,

5400TB, 5500BD3, 40N2 Series Raceways, 4050 Device Bracket for

Steel Raceways, and WallSource™Boxes.

All 5507 Series™Faceplates have a standard measurement

of 4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].

5507 Series™Faceplates UL Code Reference .................................. 129

5507 Series™Faceplates Color Options ............................................ 129

5507 Series™Faceplates Ordering Information .............................. 129

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

5507FRJ. 5507 Series™Faceplates accept a wide

assortment of power and datacom devices from

leading manufacturers.

5507

SERIES™

5507 Series™faceplate Part Numbers without a suffix

are available in an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a

“-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers. Part

numbers with a “-G” suffix have a gray finish. Part

Numbers with a “-BK” suffix have a black finish. Part

Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog white finish. white Gray

Black Fog White

Ivory

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES COLOR OPTIONS

FACEPLATES

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5507AD MODULAR FURNITURE ADAPTER –

5507AD-WH For mounting Activate and other

5507AD-G modular furniture bezels and other

5507AD-FW modular furniture adapters. Not for

use with rectangular (decorator)

style devices.

5507B BLANK FACEPLATE –

5507B-WH For covering unused compartments in

5507B-G the device bracket.

5507B-FW

5507D DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –

5507D-WH For covering duplex style devices.

5507D-G Accepts 106 Frame.

5507D-BK

5507D-FW

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5507FRJ FLUSH DUAL RJ

5507FRJ-WH CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –

5507FRJ-G For mounting one or two keystone

5507FRJ-FW device modules, recessed to provide a

flush installation. Has one opening

and one KO.

5507R RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE

5507R-WH FACEPLATE –

5507R-G For covering rectangular decorator

5507R-FW style devices.

5507RJ DUAL RJ11/RJ45 CONNECTOR

5507RJ-WH FACEPLATE –

5507RJ-G For mounting one or two keystone

5507RJ-FW device modules. Has one opening and

one KO.

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION

Light Gray

5507 SERIES™FACEPLATES

130 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

5507S RECTANGULAR SPACER –

5507S-WH For mounting commercial device

5507S-G plates. Installs between the device

bracket and a device.

5507SW SWITCH FACEPLATE –

5507SW-WH For covering standard toggle switches.

5507SW-G

5507SW-FW

5507T1 SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –

5507T1-WH For covering single receptacles –

5507T1-G 1.59" [40mm] diameter.

5507T1-FW

5507T2 SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –

5507T2-WH For covering single receptacles –

5507T2-G 1.41" [36mm] diameter.

5507T2-FW

5507-4TJ ORTRONICS®FACEPLATE –

5507-4TJ-WH For mounting Ortronics®datacom

5507-4TJ-G inserts. Accepts four TracJack devices.

5507-4TJ-FW

5507-6TJ ORTRONICS®FACEPLATE –

5507-6TJ-WH For mounting Ortronics®datacom

5507-6TJ-G inserts. Accepts six TracJack devices.

5507-6TJ-FW

5507MAAP EXTRON®MAAP FACEPLATE –

5507MAAP-WH Accepts four Extron®Electronics

5507MAAP-G MAAP single space modules.

5507MAAP-FW

5507AAP EXTRON®AAP FACEPLATE –

5507AAP-WH Accepts two Extron®Electronics

5507AAP-G AAP single space modules.

5507AAP-FW

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ARA-S2-IV ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

ARA-S2-FW Provides angled exit in multi-channel

ARA-S2-BK raceway systems. Snaps into standard

ARA-S2-G 4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

ARA-S2-WH WallSource Device Brackets. Angled

exit provides additional mounting

depth required for A/V connections as

well as ensuring the required bend

radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.

Holds two Ortronics®Series II

modules.Fits 5507 Series

Faceplate opening.

CM-EPLA END PLATE –

CM-EPLA-WH For mounting Pass & Seymour®

CM-EPLA-G Activate and Wiremold Open System

CM-EPLA-FW communication modules into 5507

openings. Includes two outlet

identification labels with clear covers

and two matching screw covers.

CM-ARA ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –

CM-ARA-WH Provides angled exit in multi-channel

CM-ARA-G raceway systems. Snaps into standard

CM-ARA-FW 4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. No CM-

EPLA End Plates required. Accepts two

CM2 Series Wiremold Open System

communication modules or Pass &

Seymour®Activate Series inserts.

S2-EPL END PLATE –

S2-EPL-WH For mounting Ortronics®Series II

S2-EPL-G modules into 5507 opening. Includes

S2-EPL-FW two outlet identification labels with

clear covers and two matching

screw covers.

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

300 SERIES™DUCT

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 131

HIDE CORD RACEWAY SYSTEMS

300 Series™Duct conceals electrical cords and low voltage wiring. With a

full complement of fittings and adhesive backing, 300 Series Duct is

easy-to-install and paintable so that it blends with any decor.

300 Series™Duct UL Code Reference .............................................. 131

300 Series™Duct Color Options ........................................................ 131

300 Series™Duct Ordering Information .......................................... 131

CODE REFERENCE

300 Series Duct is not UL Listed

and is designed only for use in

protecting electrical cords, low

voltage wiring and cabling.

300 Series Duct used to conceal an electrical

cord. Can also be painted with latex paint to

blend into the wall surface.

300

SERIES™

300 Series™Duct is available in an ivory finish

and is paintable using latex paint.

Ivory

300 SERIES DUCT COLOR OPTIONS

DUCT

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

300 DUCT –

One-piece latching duct. 5' [1.5m] strip

extruded from rigid natural PVC.

Adhesive back. Smooth texture ivory.

306 COUPLING –

For joining strips of 300 Series duct.

311 FLAT ELBOW –

For right angle turns on the

same surface.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

317 INTERNAL ELBOW –

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

318 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For right angle turns around

external corners.

PVC-1 RACEWAY CUTTER –

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with

small nonmetallic raceways.

300 SERIES DUCT ORDERING INFORMATION

1/2"

[12.7mm]

12/32"

[8.9mm]

[25mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

132 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

____________________________________________________________________________________

Wiremold®Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems are the industry

leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway

solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years,

Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest

quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building

owners, and designers.

With the introduction of our new ALDS4000®Designer Series

Raceway System, we’re again pushing the envelope and

expanding the capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface

raceway systems.

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................ 134

Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

AL2000 Series Raceway ................................................ 135

AL2400 Series Raceway ................................................ 138

AL3300 Series Raceway ................................................ 140

4000®Designer Series Aluminum Raceway

ALDS4000®Series Raceway .......................................... 143

Large Single & Dual Channel Raceways

ALA3800 Series Raceway .............................................. 147

ALA4800 Series Raceway .............................................. 150

AL5200 Series Raceway ................................................ 153

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

134 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

ALDS4000®SERIES RACEWAY

ALDS4000B & ALDS4000C

CAPACITY:

Each Compartment – 4.85 in.2[3192mm2]

AL2000 SERIES™RACEWAY

AL2000B & AL2000C CAPACITY: 1.1 in.2[710mm2]

AL2400 SERIES™RACEWAY

AL2400B & AL2400C CAPACITY: 1.7 in.2[1097mm2]

AL3300 SERIES™RACEWAY

AL3300B & AL3300C CAPACITY: 4.40 in.2[2389mm2]

ALA4800 SERIES™RACEWAY

ALA4800B & ALA4800C CAPACITY:

Each Compartment 5.93 in.2[3826mm2]

ALA3800 SERIES™RACEWAY

ALA3800B & ALA3800C

TWO-PIECE SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES

TWO-PIECE LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILE

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

AL5200B & AL5200C CAPACITY:

Each Compartment: 8.5 in.2[5484mm2]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

[51mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Capacity with Offset Divider –

1.35 sq. in. [871mm2]

Capacity with 1/2 Divider –

2.2 sq. in. [1419mm2]

Capacity Undivided –

4.4 sq. in. [2839mm2]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

CAPACITY: 5.96 in.2[3842mm2]

[152mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[51mm]

[127mm]

Capacity as Shown –

3.90 sq. in./4.5 sq. in.

[2526mm2/2903mm2]

Capacity Three Compartments –

2.85 sq. in./2.40 sq. in./2.85 sq. in.

[1839mm2/1548mm2/1839mm2]

Capacity Undivided –

8.5 sq. in. [5484mm2]

NOTE: See the AL5200 Series

Raceway section for additional

raceway compartment

configurations.

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

AL3300 w/Half Divider

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

AL3300 w/Offset Divider

1.35 in2

[871mm2]

AL3300 with Offset Divider

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 7/16"

[36.5mm]

AL2000 SERIES™RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 135

1Supply conductors may be fed from 1/2"

trade size KO in base, or through

AL2010A Feed End Fitting. This system

is designed with capacity for additional

feed or circuitry conductors.

Attach base section to mounting surface

with AL2003 Spring

Mounting Clips, or by

drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base

and use #8 flathead screws.

3Connect circuit wires with connectors.

4Additional multiple outlet sections or

AL2000 Raceway sections may be

attached at ends with AL2001 Coupling.

5Close ends with blank end fitting

(AL2010B), or with feed end fittings

(AL2010A).

6Snap in cover section.

7In-line receptacle AL2043.

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements

decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

AL2000 Series™Raceway System Layout ........................................ 135

AL2000 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 135

AL2000 Series™Raceway Color Options............................................ 135

AL2000 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 136

AL2000 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 136

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

AL2000 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

KEY

AL2000

SERIES™

AL2000 Series™Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2000 SERIES™RACEWAY

136 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2003 MOUNTING CLIP (Spring Steel)–

Supporta lengths of AL2000 Raceway

at any point desired. Mount to surface

with No. 8 flathead screw.

AL2006 COVER CLIP (Spring Steel)–

Covers seam where lengths of cover

or base come together.

AL2009 GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel)–

Connects of equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

AL2010A FEED FITTING –

End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]

hub adapter.

AL2010B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off end of raceway.

AL2011 FLAT ELBOW –

Right angle turn on same surface.

Two AL2001 Couplings included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2000B-5 RACEWAY BASE –

AL2000B-10 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal

thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

(AL2000B-5) or six 10' [3m] lengths

(AL2000B10) per carton.

AL2000C-5 RACEWAY COVER –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal

thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

W30/W30G PRESSURE-TYPE WIRE CONNECTORS –

W30 – For common connection of two,

three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid

copper conductors. Packed 24 pieces

per carton (16 W30 and 8 W30G).

W30G – For connection of equipment

grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors

No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;

20A 105° C maximum.

AL2000WC WIRE RETAINER (Plastic) –

Holds conductors in place in

raceway base.

AL2001 COUPLING (Galvanized Steel)–

Joins lengths of AL2000B Base.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 17

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH PLUGMOLD

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECEPTACLES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 51 8

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 38 6

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 3

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 12

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 8

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

[25mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 1/6"

[27mm]

1 1/16"

[27mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

[76mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

NOTE: Not for use with

aluminum conductors.

AL2000 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 137

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2044 DEEP DEVICE BOX –

AL2044-2 For larger receptacles and deep

devices such as those of signal and

alarm systems. Base has open back

plate for mounting to existing wall box

and solid back plate insert with 1/2"

and 3/4" trade size KOs to close

opening. Accepts industry standard faceplates

for communication devices.

AL2047 SHALLOW SWITCH &

AL2047-2 RECEPTACLE BOX –

Designed for standard shallow

switches and receptacles. Base has

open back plate for mounting to

existing wall box and solid back plate

insert with 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs to close opening.

AL2051H BOX ADAPTER –

Used to feed raceway from existing

wall outlet box.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2015 TEE –

Branch connection of two runs of

AL2000 Series Raceway. Three AL2001

Couplings included

AL2017 INTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes 90° internal corners.

Two AL2001 Couplings included

AL2018 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes 90° external corners.

Two AL2001 Couplings included

AL2038 ROUND FIXTURE BOX (Solid Base) –

Designed for use in hanging fixtures.

Cover takes any device with mounting

screw centers of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and

4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm, 103mm]. Base

has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs.

AL2040A IN-LINE SINGLE POLE SWITCH –

Single-pole 120V switch. Two

couplings furnished.

AL2043 IN-LINE RECEPTACLE –

Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory wired

receptacles. Two couplings furnished.

AL2043IG IN-LINE ISOLATED GROUND

RECEPTACLE –

Two 15A, 120V factory wired,

isolated ground, orange receptacles.

Two couplings furnished.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[102mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

[76mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

[76mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[152mm]

CAT. NO. L W D

GANG

AL2044

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1

AL2004-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm] 2

CAT. NO. L W D

GANG

AL2047

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 1

AL2007-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 2

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

AL2400 SERIES™RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

138 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements

decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

AL2400 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 138

AL2400 Series™Raceway Color Options............................................ 138

AL2400 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 138

AL2400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 139

AL2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

AL2400

SERIES™

AL2400 Series™Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 23

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 19

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 13

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 6

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 5

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 11

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 24

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 24

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 13

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITHOUT WITH PLUGMOLD

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DEVICES RECEPTACLES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 78 16

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 58 12

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 37 8

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 18 4

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 13 3

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

AL2400 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 139

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2400B-5 RACEWAY BASE –

AL2400B-10 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal

thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

(AL2400B-5) or six 10' [3m] lengths

(AL2400B10) per carton.

AL2400C RACEWAY COVER –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal

thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

AL2400WC WIRE RETAINER (Plastic) –

Holds conductors in place in

raceway base.

AL2401 COUPLING (Galvanized Steel)–

Joins lengths of AL2400B Base.

AL2406 COVER CLIP (Spring Steel)–

Covers seam where lengths of cover

or base come together.

AL2409 GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel)–

Connects of equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

AL2410B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of raceway.

AL2410B2 FEED FITTING –

End fitting with plastic 1/2" trade

size KO.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL2411 FLAT ELBOW –

Right angle turn on same surface.

Two AL2401 Couplings included.

AL2415 TEE –

Branch connection of two runs of

AL2400 Series Raceway. Three AL2401

Couplings included.

AL2416 CROSS FITTING –

Cross connection of two runs of

AL2400 Series Raceway. Four AL2401

Couplings included.

AL2417 INTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes 90° internal corners.

Two AL2401 Couplings included.

AL2418 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes 90° external corners.

Two AL2401 Couplings included.

AL2446P-D DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

For in-line mounting of commercially

available duplex receptacle.

AL2451H BOX ADAPTER –

Feeds raceway from existing

wall outlet box.

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[25mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

[152mm]

[51mm]

[102mm]

[76mm]

[127mm]

[152mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

AL3300 SERIES™RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

140 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements

decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

AL3300 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 140

AL3300 Series™Raceway Color Options............................................ 140

AL3300 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 140

AL3300 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 141

AL3300 Series Raceway Base and Cover.

AL3300

SERIES™

AL3300 Series™Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

WITHOUT WITH OFFSET WITH HALF

DIVIDER DIVIDER DIVIDER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 1.35 in2[871mm2] 4.40 in2[2839mm2] 2.20 in2[1419mm2]

CABLE TYPE CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 30 61 9 19 15 30

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 25 50 7 15 12 35

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 17 35 5 10 8 17

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 8 17 2 5 48

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 6 13 2 4 36

COAXIAL RG6/U 20 Gage 0.270 [6.9] 15 30 49 715

FIBER 2 Stranded ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 31 63 9 19 15 31

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 32 64 9 19 16 32

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 17 34 5 10 8 17

CAPACITY OF CROSS SECTIONAL AREA

WITH DUPLEX DEVICE WITHOUT DEVICE

WIRE SIZE O.D. WITH OFFSET WITHOUT WITH HALF WITH OFFSET WITHOUT WITH HALF

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] DIVIDER DIVIDER DIVIDER DIVIDER DIVIDER DIVIDER

1.35 in2[871mm2] 4.40 in2[2839mm2] 2.20 in2[1419mm2] 1.35 in2[871mm2] 4.40 in2[2839mm2] 2.20 in2[1419mm2]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 59 136 39 59 193 96

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 40 93 27 40 132 66

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 25 58 17 25 83 41

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 33 9 14 48 24

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 24 7 10 34 17

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

AL3300 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 141

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL3300B10 RACEWAY BASE –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish. Nominal wall thickness

.060" [1.5mm]. Packed four 10' [3m]

lengths per carton.

AL3300C5 RACEWAY COVER –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish. Nominal wall thickness

.060" [1.5mm]. Packed eight 5' [1.5m]

lengths per carton.

AL3300D5 DIVIDER –

Divider is 0.040" [1.0mm] galvanized

steel. Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton. AL3301D Divider Clip

sold separately.

AL3300WC WIRE CLIP (Spring Steel) –

Holds wires and cables in

raceway base. Use with undivided

raceway, snaps into grooves in base.

AL3301 BASE COUPLING (Galvanized Steel)–

Set screw coupling used for attaching

in-line raceway sections.

AL3301D DIVIDER CLIP (Galvanized Steel)–

Required for holding AL3300D5 Divider

in place. Use one every 30" [762mm].

AL3309 GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel)–

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to raceway.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL3310B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of AL3300

Series Raceway.

AL3310B1 END FITTING –

End feeds raceway with 1/2"

or 3/4" trade size conduit or

armored cable.

AL3311 90° FLAT ELBOW FITTING –

Right angle turns on same surface.

Two AL3301Couplings included.

AL3315 TEE FITTING –

90° tee connection of two runs of

AL3300 Series Raceway. Three AL3301

Couplings included.

AL3316 CROSS FITTING –

90° cross-through connection of

two runs of raceway. Four AL3301

Couplings included.

AL3317 INTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –

For making 90° internal corners.

Two AL3301 Couplings included.

AL3318 EXTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –

For making external corners.

Two AL3301 Couplings included.

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Section A-A Section B-B Section C-C

Device Plate

Optional

Divider

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[76mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

[152mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

[229mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

[152mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

[229mm] 9"

[229mm]

[152mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

AL3300 SERIES™RACEWAY

142 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL3346D DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –

Mounts standard duplex devices

to cover. Can also be used with 106

communication frames.

AL3346DO OFFSET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER

PLATE (For Divided Raceway) –

Installs duplex devices in divided

aluminum raceway. 6" [152mm]

offset divider included. Can also be used

with 106 communication frames.

AL3346E SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE

(1.40" diameter) –

Installs straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face diameters

of 1.38"-1.39" [35mm-36mm].

AL3346G RECTANGULAR DEVICE COVER PLATE –

Installs rectangular devices including

surge receptacles, GFCI, and other

rectangular faced single-gang wiring

devices. Can also be used with 106

communication frames.

AL3346GO OFFSET GFCI RECEPTACLE COVER

PLATE (For Divided Raceway) –

Installs rectangular devices including

surge receptacles, GFCI and other

rectangular faced single-gang wiring

devices in divided aluminum raceway.

6" [152mm] offset divider included.

Can also be used with 106

communication frames.

AL3356-ACTLPB LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Installs communication connectivity

devices. Includes cover and low profile

adapter cover (6A opening).

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL3356R COVER PLATE (With 2" x 2 7/8"

[51mm x 73mm] Hole cut)–

Installs communication

connectivity devices utilizing the

industry standard single-gang

faceplates. Hole cut is 2" x 2 7/8"

[51mm x 73mm]. Faceplates

must be ordered separately.

AL33562A* 2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Installs a single 2A size

communication connectivity device

(2A opening). Includes cover and 2A

mini adapter.

AL3356ABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts only Ortronics®datacom

inserts. Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate two TracJack™devices

or one Series II device.

AL3356Z GROMMETED COVER PLATE –

For exiting of communication cable.

Grommet furnished.

AL3356-LPB3S2 ORTRONICS®LOW PROFILE

ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts only Ortronics®datacom

inserts, three Series II devices. Low

profile adapter included.

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

Why Wiremold…

The new Santa Clara County,

Calif., Crime Laboratory was

designed to meet the needs of

current and future technology.

Aluminum raceway provides

convenient access to power and

data – and the ability to easily

add or reconfigure space as

required.

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for

information on CM2 Series modules.

ALDS4000®DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 143

Dual-channel raceway. Provides 1/3 more capacity in sleek, innovative

design. Meets or exceeds industry standards.

ALDS4000®Series Raceway UL Code Reference.............................. 143

ALDS4000®Series Raceway Color Options ...................................... 143

ALDS4000®Series Raceway System Layout ....................................143

ALDS4000®Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 144

ALDS4000®Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 145

Factory -prewired ALDS4000 Series Raceway can be

configured with innovative, downward-facing fittings.

ALDS4000®

SERIES

ALDS4000®Series Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

ALDS4000 RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

ALDS4010A

ALDS4047E ALDS4047F

ALDS4017

ALDS4047D

ALDS4047R ALDS4015

ALDS4047C

ALDS4011 ALDS4047-2A ALDS4018

ALDS4047MAB

ALDS4010B

ALDS4011 Flat Elbow

ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting

ALDS4047E

1.41 Dia. Device Plate

ALDS4047-2A Mini adapter Device Plate

ALDS4047F 1.59 Dia. Device Plate

ALDS4018

External Elbow

ALDS4017 Internal Elbow

ALDS4047D Duplex Device Plate

ALDS4047MAB MAB Device Plate

ALDS4047R Decorator Device Plate

ALDS4015 Tee

ALDS4047C One-Gang Device Plate

ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting

KEY

ALDS4000®DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

144 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NO. OF

WIRE SIZE O.D. CONDUCTORS w/DUPLEX W/SURGE/ LARGE SINGLE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] (40%) RECT. DEVICES GFCI DEVICES RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 200 134 105 76

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 146 98 77 56

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 92 62 48 35

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 53 36 28 20

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 38 26 20 158

ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40% Fill

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 1/2 COMPARTMENT

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 68

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 56

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 22

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 19

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 34

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 70

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 71

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38

ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) ALDS4011 ALDS4015 ALDS4017 ALDS4018

WIRE SIZE/THHN Inches [mm]

40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%

THHN 14 0.111 [2.8] 122 182 49 73 75 112 133 199

12 0.130 [3.3] 89 133 35 53 54 82 97 145

10 0.164 [4.2] 56 84 22 34 34 51 61 92

8 0.216 [5.5] 32 48 13 19 20 30 35 53

6 0.254 [6.5] 23 35 9 14 14 21 25 38

UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 67 100 27 40 41 61 73 109

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 42 62 17 25 25 38 45 68

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 34 51 14 20 21 31 37 56

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 24 36 10 14 15 22 26 39

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 13 20 6 8812 15 22

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 12 17 6 7711 13 19

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 31 8 12 13 19 22 34

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 42 64 17 25 26 39 46 69

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 43 64 17 26 26 40 47 70

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 23 34 9 14 14 21 25 38

ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES

NOTE: 40% and 60% Wire fill capacities are calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be

removed if not required to obtain full raceway capacity.

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and

fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

ALDS4000®DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 145

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALDS4000B RACEWAY BASE –

.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized finish.

Packed four 10' [3.05m] lengths

per carton.

ALDS4000C RACEWAY COVER –

.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized finish.

Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton. Two covers per base.

DS4000WC WIRE CLIP –

Holds conductors in place.

DS4001 ADJUST-TO-FIT™COUPLING –

Joins lengths of ALDS4000B

together. Sold in pairs.

ALDS4006 SEAM CLIP –

Covers seam where two sections

of ALDS4000C come together.

ALDS4010A ENTRANCE END FITTING –

Full capacity End Fitting. Has two 3/4"

& 1" trade size KOs.

ALDS4010B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of

ALDS4000B Base.

ALDS4011 FLAT ELBOW –

Flat corner for new lay-in or

pull-through applications. Includes one

pair of DS4001 Couplings.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

DS4014A BACKFEED COUPLING –

Extra long coupling allows attachment

to wall box or back fed to 1" or 1 1/4"

trade size conduit.

ALDS4015 DIVIDED TEE –

Divided Tee fitting. For new lay-in or

pull-through installations. Includes two

pairs of DS4001 Couplings.

ALDS4017 INTERNAL ELBOW –

Internal corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations. Includes one

pair of DS4001 Couplings.

ALDS4018 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

External corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations. Includes one

pair of DS4001 Couplings.

ALDS4047C SINGLE-CHANNEL ONE-GANG

DEVICE PLATE –

Use with commercially-available

single-gang flush plate.

ALDS4047D SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX

DEVICE PLATE –

For 15A and 20A duplex receptacles,

or 106 style data frames.

ALDS4047E SINGLE-CHANNEL 1.41" DIAMETER

DEVICE PLATE –

For straight blade and

locking receptacles.

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

5 1/2"

[140mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[152mm]

[25mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm] 8 1/4"

[210mm]

10"

[254mm]

10 3/4"

[273mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

ALDS4000®DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

146 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALDS4047F SINGLE-CHANNEL 1.59" DIAMETER

DEVICE PLATE –

For straight blade and locking

receptacles.

ALDS4047R SINGLE-CHANNEL DECORATOR

DEVICE PLATE –

For 15A and 20A decorator receptacles.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALDS4047-2A* SINGLE-CHANNEL 2A MINI ADAPTER

DEVICE PLATE –

2A opening. Includes adapters for

Ortronics TracJack, Series II, Wiremold

CM2 Series inserts, Pass & Seymour

Activate and other manufacturers.

ALDS4047MAB* SINGLE-CHANNEL MAB

DEVICE PLATE –

For installing , Wiremold CM2 Series

inserts and Activate connectivity

inserts. Provides flush installation.

Includes 6A CM-MAB adapter.

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[152mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for

information on CM2 Series modules.

ALA38000 SERIES™RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 147

Single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in

commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

ALA3800 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ................................ 147

ALA3800 Series™Raceway Color Options ........................................ 147

ALA3800 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 147

ALA3800 Series™Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 148

ALA3800 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

ALA3800

SERIES™

ALA3800 Series™Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47

WIRE SIZE O.D.

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 214

Without Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 156

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 98

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 56

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 41

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 159

With Devices 12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 116

(2.04 Sq. In. 10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 73

[51.82mm]) 8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 42

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 30

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

ALA3800 SERIES™RACEWAY

148 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA3800B-10 SINGLE COMPARTMENT

RACEWAY BASE –

Satin Anodized finish. Nominal

wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].

Packed four 10' [3m] lengths

per carton.

ALAC-5 RACEWAY COVER –

Satin Anodized finish. Nominal wall

thickness of .078" [1.99mm]. Packed

eight 5' [1.50m] lengths per carton.

ALAC-5 is compatible with ALA3800

and ALA4800 Series Raceways.

ALAWC WIRE CLIP –

Holds conductors in place in long

raceway runs. Snaps into grooves

on base.

ALA01 COUPLINGS –

Joins lengths of inline ALA3800B-10

Raceway Base together.

ALA3810B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open end of raceway.

ALA3810B1 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

For feeding raceway, has concentric

1/2" and 3/4" trade size knockouts.

ALA3806 COVER CLIP –

Covers seam where lengths of

raceway come together.

ALA3811 FLAT ELBOW –

For making a 90° flat turn in a raceway

run. Includes two ALA01 Couplings.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA3815 TEE –

For branch connections of two runs

of ALA3800 Series Raceway.

Includes three ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3817 INTERNAL ELBOW –

For making a 90° internal turn in a

raceway run. Includes two ALA01

Couplings.

ALA3817N INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –

For connecting a vertical run of

ALA3800 Series Raceway with a

horizontal run with its cover facing up.

Includes two ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3818 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For making a 90° external turn in a

raceway run. Includes two ALA01

Couplings.

ALA-DR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

Mounts standard duplex device to

the cover.

ALA-E SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE

(1.40" [35.40MM]) –

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacle with face diameters

of 1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

ALA-F SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE

(1.59" [38.90MM]) –

Installs commercially available straight

blade and locking single receptacle

with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"

[38mm-39mm].

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

[102mm]

ALA3800 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 149

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA-G GFCI/SURGE/DECORATOR

COVER PLATE –

Mounts commercially available

GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

ALA-J SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

Mounts commercially available

straight blade or locking single

receptacles with face diameters of

2.13" [52mm].

ALA-N TOGGLE SWITCH COVER PLATE –

Mounts toggle switch in line.

ALA-LPB* LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

inserts. Includes cover and low profile

adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-LPB3S2 ORTRONICS®LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Accepts three Ortronics®Series II

datacom inserts. Low profile

adapter included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA-MAB* 6A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity inserts.

Provides a flush installation. Includes

cover and 6A mini adapter, (6A-opening)

ALA-MABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts six Ortronics®Tracjack or three

Series II datacom inserts. Both

adapters included.

ALA-SG COVER PLATE with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16"

OPENING –

Installs communication connectivity

devices utilizing industry standard

single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is

1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].

Faceplates must be ordered separately.

ALA-2A* 2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity

device. Includes cover and 2A mini

adapter, (2A-opening).

ALA-Z 3/4" [19.1mm] GROMMET/MOUSE

HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –

Facilitates the exit of communication

cabling. Grommet included.

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are

compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide

for information on CM2 Series modules.

ALA4800 SERIES™RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

150 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Dual-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in

commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

ALA4800 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference ................................ 150

ALA4800 Series™Raceway Color Options ........................................ 150

ALA4800 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 150

ALA4800 Series™Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 151

ALA4800 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

ALA4800

SERIES™

ALA4800 Series™Raceway is available with a satin

anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47

WIRE SIZE O.D.

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.105 [2.7] 214

Without Devices 12 AWG 0.122 [3.0] 156

10 AWG 0.153 [3.0] 98

8 AWG 0.218 [5.5] 56

6 AWG 0.257 [6.5] 41

Power Wiring 14 AWG 0.105 [2.7] 159

With Devices 12 AWG 0.122 [3.0] 116

(2.04 Sq. In. 10 AWG 0.153 [3.9] 73

[51.82mm]) 8 AWG 0.218 [5.5] 42

6 AWG 0.257 [6.5] 30

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

(Each

Compartment)

(Each

Compartment)

(Each

Compartment)

(Each

Compartment)

ALA4800 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 151

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA4800B-10 DUAL COMPARTMENT

RACEWAY BASE –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .078" [1.98mm] wall

thickness. Base has integral divider

for separation of service. Packed 40'

[12m] per carton.

ALAC-5 RACEWAY COVER –

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .078" [1.98mm] wall

thickness. Two covers per base. Allows

only one compartment to be accessed

at a time. Packed 40' [12m] per carton.

ALAC-5 is compatible with ALA4800

Series and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

ALAWC WIRE CLIP –

For holding conductors in place in

long raceway runs. Snaps into grooves

in base.

ALA01 COUPLINGS –

Joins lengths of inline ALA4800B-10

Raceway Base together. Two required

per section of base.

ALA4806 COVER CLIP –

Stainless steel clip to cover joint where

lengths of cover or base come together.

ALA09 GROUNDING ADAPTER –

For connection of equipment grounding

conductor to provide additional ground

to raceway.

ALA4810B BLANK END FITTING –

For covering ends of raceway.

ALA4810B2 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

For feeding raceway, has two

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA4811 FLAT ELBOW –

Makes 90° flat turn in a raceway

run. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4815 TEE –

For branch connections of two runs

of ALA4800 Series Raceway. Includes

six ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4817 INTERNAL ELBOW –

To make an internal turn in a raceway

run. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

ALA17A INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

For butting two raceway sections to

form an internal 90° turn in a

raceway run.

ALA4817N INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –

For connecting a vertical run of

ALA4800 Series Raceway with a

horizontal run with its cover facing up.

Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4818 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For making a 90° external turn in a

raceway run. Includes four

ALA01 Couplings.

ALA-ABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

For two Ortronics®TracJack or one

Series II datacom insert. Both

adapters included.

ALA-BL BLANK COVER PLATE –

To cover a 12" [305mm] section

of raceway.

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[76mm]

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[152mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

[102mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[152mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[152mm]

[229mm] 9"

[229mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

[152mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

NOTE: These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

ALA4800 SERIES™RACEWAY

152 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA-DR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

Mounts standard duplex device to

the cover.

ALA-E SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE

(1.40" [35.40MM]) –

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacle with face diameters

of 1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

ALA-F SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE

(1.59" [38.90MM]) –

Installs commercially available straight

blade and locking single receptacle

with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"

[38mm-39mm].

ALA-G GFCI/SURGE/DECORATOR

COVER PLATE –

Mounts commercially available

GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

ALA-J SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

Mounts commercially available

straight blade or locking single

receptacles with face diameters of

2.13" [52mm].

ALA-N TOGGLE SWITCH COVER PLATE –

Mounts toggle switch in line.

ALA-LPB* LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity inserts.

Includes cover and low profile

adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-LPB3S2 ORTRONICS®LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Accepts three Ortronics®datacom

inserts for three Series II devices. Low

profile adapter included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

ALA-MAB* 6A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity inserts.

Provides a flush installation. Includes

cover and 6A mini adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-MABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts six Ortronics®Tracjack or three

Series II datacom inserts. Both

adapters included.

ALA-SG COVER PLATE with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16"

OPENING –

Installs communication connectivity

devices utilizing industry standard

single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is

1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].

Faceplates must be ordered separately.

ALA-2A* 2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity devices.

Includes cover and 2A mini

adapter, (2A-opening).

ALA-Z 3/4" [19.1mm] GROMMET/MOUSE

HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –

Facilitates the exit of communication

cabling. Grommet included.

ALA11RI RADIUSED INSERT –

A radiused insert for the ALA3811 and

ALA4811 flat elbow to provide a bend

radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber

Optic/Category 5e installations. The

insert is ideal for new and retrofit

applications whether the cable

installation is lay-in or pull-through.

ALA17/18RI RADIUSED INSERT –

A radiused insert for ALA3817,

ALA4817, ALA3817N, ALA4817N,

ALA3818, and ALA4818 fittings to

provide a bend radius of 2" [51mm] for

Fiber Optic/Category 5e installations.

The insert is ideal for new and retrofit

applications whether the cable

installation is lay-in or pull-through.

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are

compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide

for information on CM2 Series modules.

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 153

1Provide electrical feed through 1/2" or 3/4" [12.7mm or 19.1mm] KOs in AL5210B2 End Cap.

2Attach base section to mounting surface by drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base, and using #8 flathead screws.

3Secure conductors in place with AL5200WC Wire Clip.

Join additional raceway sections with two AL5201

Couplings.

5Close ends with AL5210B2 Blank End Fittings.

6Snap cover into base to complete installation.

Two-piece raceway. Field-installed divider provides for numerous

raceway channel configurations. Satin anodized finish complements

decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

AL5200 Series™Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 153

AL5200 Series™Raceway Color Options............................................ 153

AL5200 Series™Raceway System Layout ........................................ 153

AL5200 Series™Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 154

AL5200 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 154

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

AL5200 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

KEY

AL5200

SERIES™

AL5200 Series™Raceway is available

with a satin anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Snap-in Divider

(Optional)

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

154 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

40% FILL CAPACITY CROSS SECTIONAL AREA

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 2.40 in.22.85 in.23.50 in.23.90 in.24.50 in.24.80 in.25.50 in.28.50 in.2

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

[1550mm2] [1840mm2] [2260mm2] [2520mm2] [2900mm2] [3100mm2] [3550mm2] [5480mm2]

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 33 40 49 55 63 67 77 119

TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 27 32 40 45 51 55 63 98

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 19 23 28 31 36 39 44 69

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 9 11 14 15 18 19 22 34

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 7810 11 13 14 16 25

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 16 19 24 27 31 33 38 59

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 34 41 50 56 64 69 79 122

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 34 41 51 56 65 69 80 123

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 34 37 42 66

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)

WITHOUT DEVICES

WIRE SIZE O.D. 2.40 in.22.85 in.23.50 in.23.90 in.24.50 in.24.80 in.25.50 in.28.50 in.2

THHN/THWN inches [mm] [1550mm2] [1840mm2] [2260mm2] [2520mm2] [2900mm2] [3100mm2] [3550mm2] [5480mm2]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 98 117 144 160 185 197 226 350

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 72 85 105 117 135 144 165 255

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 45 54 66 73 85 90 104 161

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 26 31 38 42 49 52 60 92

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 35 37 43 67

WITH DUPLEX RECTANGULAR DEVICES

1.59 in.2[1025mm2]

WIRE SIZE O.D. 2.85 in.23.50 in.23.90 in.24.50 in.24.80 in.25.50 in.28.50 in.2

THHN/THWN inches [mm] [1840mm2] [2260mm2] [2520mm2] [2900mm2] [3100mm2] [3550mm2] [5480mm2]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 54 78 95 120 132 161 284

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 39 57 69 87 96 117 207

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 36 43 55 60 74 130

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 20 25 31 35 42 75

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 15 18 22 25 30 54

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5200B-5 RACEWAY BASE –

AL5200B-10 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .080" [2.03mm] wall

thickness. Base has four ribs for

snap-in divider. AL5200B-5 is packed

eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200B-10

is packed four 10' [3m] lengths

per carton.

AL5200C-5 RACEWAY COVER –

AL5200C-10 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .075" [1.9mm] wall

thickness. AL5200C-5 is packed

eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200C-10

is packed four 10' [3m] lengths

per carton.

AL5200D-5 DIVIDER –

AL5200D-10 Extruded .050" [1.8mm] thick aluminum.

AL5200D-5 is packed eight 5' [1.5m]

lengths and AL5200D-10 is packed four

10' [3m] lengths per carton.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

[127mm]

[51mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Raceway may be configured in single or multiple channels in

several versatile ways to accommodate power or

communications wiring.

[51mm]

[127mm]

8.5 in.2

[5840mm2]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

3.90 in.2

[2520mm2]

4.50 in.2

[2900mm2]

5.50 in.2

[3550mm2]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

1 5/8"

[42mm]

NOTE: Cross-sectional area

of each compartment

indicated.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

3.50 in.2

[2260mm2]

4.80 in.2

[3100mm2]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2.40 in.2

[1550mm2]

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 155

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5200WC WIRE CLIP –

AL5200WC2 For holding conductors in place in long

AL5200WC3 raceway runs. Snaps into grooves in

raceway. AL5200WC Full, AL5200WC2

3/4, and AL5200WC3 1/2.

AL5201 COUPLING –

Set screw couplings. Use two for

attaching in-line raceway sections.

AL5206 COVER CLIP (Spring Steel) –

Covers seam where lengths of cover

or base come together.

AL5209 GROUNDING ADAPTER –

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

AL5210B BLANK END FITTING –

Closes off open ends of raceway.

AL5210B1 ENTRANCE END FITTING –

AL5210B2 With single or multiple concentric 1/2"

AL5210B3 and 3/4" trade size KOs for conduit

connections. (AL5210B1 and AL5210B3,

not shown, have one and three double

KOs respectively.)

AL5211 FLAT ELBOW –

Makes a 90° flat turn in a raceway run.

Includes two pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

AL5214 WALL BOX CONNECTOR –

Feeds raceway from a wall-mounted

outlet box. Rectangular hole cut or

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs. Couplings included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5215 TEE –

Branch connection of two runs

of AL5200 Series Raceway. Includes

three pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

AL5216 CROSS FITTING –

Cross through connection in a

raceway run. Includes four pairs of

AL5201 Couplings.

AL5217 INTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes 90° internal corner in a

raceway run. Includes two pairs of

AL5201 Couplings.

AL5217A INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –

Connects two raceway sections to

form an internal 90° turn in a

raceway run.

AL5217N INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –

Connects a vertical run of

AL5200 Series Raceway with a

horizontal overhead run with its

cover facing up.

AL5218 EXTERNAL ELBOW –

Makes a 90° external turn in a

raceway run. Includes two pair of

AL5201 Couplings.

AL5246-B BLANK COVER –

Covers a 12" [305mm] section

of raceway.

AL5246-D DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –

Mounts standard duplex devices

to cover.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm] 3"

[76mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 9/16"

[49mm]

[127mm]

1 9/16"

[49mm]

[127mm]

10"

[254mm]

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 3/8"

[86mm]

[229mm]

10"

[254mm]

[51mm]

15"

[381mm]

[229mm]

[51mm]

[178mm]

[127mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm] 4 13/16"

[122mm]

[76mm]

[127mm]

[203mm]

[152mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

156 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5246-DD DOUBLE DUPLEX COVER PLATE –

Installs I5A and 2OA duplex receptacles

or duplex style communication devices.

AL5246-F SINGLE RECEPTACLE DEVICE

COVER PLATE –

Installs commercially available straight

blade and locking single receptacles

with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"

[39.2mm-39.3mm].

AL5246-G GFCI DEVICE COVER PLATE –

Mounts commercially available

GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

AL5256-ACTLPB* LOW PROFILE ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity devices.

Includes cover and low profile

adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-ACT2LP* DEVICE COVER PLATE WITH TWO LOW

PROFILE ADAPTERS –

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity devices.

Includes cover and two low profile

adapters (6A-openings).

AL5256-ACTMAB DEVICE COVER PLATE WITH

6A MINI ADAPTER –

Installs communication connectivity

devices. Includes cover and 6A mini

adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-DACT* DUPLEX & 6A MINI ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

For installation requiring a 15A or 20A

duplex receptacle and accepts three (3)

Wiremold CM2 Series communication

connectivity devices. Cover includes 6A

mini adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-GACT* GFCI & 6A MINI ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

For installation requiring a GFCI or

surge suppression receptacle

and accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

devices. Cover includes 6A mini adapter

(6A-opening).

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5256-D2A* DUPLEX RECEPTACLE & 2A MINI

ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Duplex receptacle cover accepts one

(1) Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini

adapter (2A opening).

AL5256-DZ DUPLEX RECEPTACLE & MOUSE

HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –

Grommeted cable access at duplex

receptacle location. (2A opening).

AL5256-ABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts only Ortronics®datacom

inserts. Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate two TracJack devices

or one Series II device.

AL5256-DABRT DUPLEX & ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts only Ortronics®datacom

inserts. Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate two TracJack devices

or one Series II device.

AL5256-GABRT GFCI & ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts only Ortronics®datacom

inserts. Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate two TracJack devices or

one Series II device.

AL5256-G2A* GFCI & 2A MINI ADAPTER

COVER PLATE –

GFCI sized hole cut accepts one (1)

Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini

adapter (2A opening).

AL5256-GZ GFCI & MOUSE HOLE DEVICE

COVER PLATE –

Grommeted cable opening at

GFCI receptacle location.

AL5256-MABRT ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts Ortronics®datacom inserts.

Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate six TracJack devices or

three Series II devices.

AL5256-DMABRT DUPLEX & ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts Ortronics®datacom inserts.

Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate six TracJack devices or

three Series II devices.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide

for information on CM2 Series modules.

AL5200 SERIES™RACEWAY

PERIMETER SYSTEMS • 157

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5256-GMABRT GFCI & ORTRONICS®COVER PLATE –

Accepts Ortronics®datacom inserts.

Supplied with both adapters to

accommodate six TracJack devices or

three Series II devices.

AL5256-2A* 2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2 Series

2A communication connectivity device.

Includes cover and 2A mini adapter

(2A opening).

AL5256-LPB3S2 ORTRONICS®LOW PROFILE

ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts Ortronics®datacom inserts.

Accepts three Series II devices. Low

profile adapter included.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AL5256-2LPB3S2 ORTRONICS®LOW PROFILE

ADAPTER COVER PLATE –

Accepts Ortronics®datacom inserts.

Accepts six Series II devices. Two low

profile adapters included.

AL5256-Z MOUSE HOLE DEVICE

COVER PLATE –

Facilitates exit of voice or data

communication cabling.

Grommet furnished.

AL5260 OFFSET DIVIDER –

Used to allow device offsets and to

extend over ribs in the raceway base.

Snap fits into base.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm] Dia.

9 9/16"

[243mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide

for information on CM2 Series modules.

____________________________________________________________________________________

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

158 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

When time is an issue, Prewired Raceway from Wiremold gives

you the option of letting our experts do the work for you. Wiring is

labeled, wrapped and ready for termination at the job site. All you

need to do is mount the raceway on the wall and connect the

feed wires. Use our new Prewired Connectors, and you’ll get off

the job even faster. Save installation time, labor and money with

raceway that’s ready for work before it even gets on the job.

WHY PREWIRED? .............................................................. 160

Quick Selection Guide........................................................ 164

Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL3000 Series Raceway ................................................ 167

ALA3800 Series Raceway .............................................. 168

Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL3300 Series Raceway ................................................ 169

AL4000 Series Raceway ................................................ 170

AL4400 Series Raceway ................................................ 171

AL4750 Series Raceway ................................................ 172

Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL4320 Series Raceway ................................................ 173

AL4520 Series Raceway ................................................ 174

ALA4800 Series Raceway .............................................. 175

ALDS4000 Series Raceway .......................................... 177

Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems

AL7320 Series Raceway ................................................ 178

AL7450 Series Raceway ................................................ 179

Prewired Steel Raceway Systems

3000®Series, 4000®Series, DS4000®&

6000®Series Raceways .................................................. 180

Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems

5400 Series™, 5500 Series™&

CableSmart™40N2 Series Raceways ............................ 181

Prewired Select Series™Teacher Drops

Prewired Select Series™Raceways .................................. 182

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Prewired Section_BG.A1 Rev 9 11/24/10 9:30 AM Page 159

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

160 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – PREWIRED RACEWAY

WHY PREWIRED?

PREWIRED RACEWAY

At Wiremold®, our goal for Prewired Raceway is to enhance the value to the end user and installer by providing value-added

services to their projects, i.e. specific wiring configurations, labeling and special services.

Wiremold®has been setting the standard in the engineering and manufacturing of Prewired Raceway solutions over the last 20

years. Wiremold has the knowledgeable sales, project management and engineering resources to provide you with assistance in:

• Defining bills of material and project quotes

• Interpreting project specifications, electrical drawings and elevation plans to produce

detailed submittal and installation drawings

• Coordinating production, packaging and shipping schedules to meet your job site requirements.

As a leader in the electrical industry Wiremold continues to look for new and innovative ways to simplify the installation of our

Prewired Raceway systems. Over the last 5 years Wiremold has:

• Redesigned our submittal and installation documentation to more clearly depict design intent and ease installation.

• Introduced Wiremold “Prewired Connectors”. The only UL and cUL listed modular connector for Prewired Raceway systems

available on the market. “Prewired Connectors” have been shown to decrease installation time and eliminate miswiring in

the field that can lead to costly callbacks.

• Introduced UL and cUL listed Commercial Outlet Centers (Cord-Ended) that are optimal for mounting to semi-permanent

structures such as shelving and rack displays found in many Lab applications.

When deadlines are looming and skilled labor is in short supply Wiremold has the expertise and quality solutions to help you

complete your project on time. Wiremold Prewired Raceway solutions will:

• Save up to 67% of the installation time needed for field install of component raceway parts.

• Provide maximum flexibility for adding or relocating power and communication requirements during renovations or

equipment changes.

• Provide you with an established project team who has the knowledge and experience from successfully completing work

on thousands of projects for the educational, pharmaceutical, hospital, retail and military markets.

Detailed Submittal The detailed submittal shows exactly how each raceway run will be built (lengths, number and type of receptacles,

wiring schematics, circuiting information, etc.). The contractor and/or distributor must review and correct any

information not clearly indicated on the drawings or specs, approve and return before production can be scheduled.

Submittal Free The Prewired Express Building Plan Checklist is ﬁlled out by the contractor or distributor and sent along with plans,

casework, and specs. No submittal is required and the project is scheduled for production upon receipt of all information.

PHASE 1

Prewired Raceway gets installers off the

job in 1/3 less time than conventional

raceway installations.

Wiremold Prewired Raceway is available

in a wide range of capacity and

conﬁguration options.

•Electrical Plans

•Data Plans

•Legends &

Schedules

•Speciﬁcations

•Take-Off

Completed

•Quote Delivered

Within 48 Hours*

Documents to Rep Quote

PHASE 2

•Place contractor

order with

authorized Prewired

Distributor.

•All bid and order

documents to

Wiremold Project

Services.

•Wiremold Project

Manager assigned

and PO

acknowledged.

•Documents

reviewed for

completeness.

Within 24 Hours Within 2 Weeks

Purchase Order Project Launch

•Includes Material

Product Sheets,

material list,

Engineered

raceway details,

product placement

drawings and

release forms.

Submittals

Within 2-4 Weeks

•Return approved

submittal package

with required

revisions and

requested on

site date.

•Drawings revised.

Approval & Release

•Material

packaged &

marked per

area, and

shipped with

“as built”

drawings and

documents.

Shipment

PHASE 3

Commercial Outlet Centers

(Cord-Ended) that are optimal for

mounting to semi-permanent

structures such as shelving and

rack displays found in many Lab

applications.

ORDERING PROCESS FOR PREWIRED APPLICATIONS

* Based on complexity

Prewired Connectors provide

contractors with peace-of-mind.

Connectors are factory wired and

tested so errors, backtracking and

troubleshooting are virtually

eliminated.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PERIMETER SYSTEMS – PREWIRED RACEWAY • 161

WHY PREWIRED?

PREWIRED CONNECTORS

Introducing Faster, More Reliable Connections for

Prewired Raceway Systems

New Wiremold Prewired Connectors offer the fastest, most reliable

connectivity solution available for prewired raceway system installations.

Independent testing has shown that when using new Prewired Connectors

in prewired raceway installations, installers can get off the job up to

eighteen times faster than when using conventional installation methods…

while virtually eliminating any callbacks for wiring errors.

Prewired Connectors provide fast and

reliable connectivity and are available in

3-, 6- and 8-wire configurations.

NOTE: Consult factory for other configurations.

Prewired Connector Applications:

Current Rating: 30A maximum

Voltage Rating: 250V maximum

Wire Gauge: 10AWG maximum

Wire Type: Stranded Copper

Supports the following NEMA configurations:

Specification Guidelines:

• Maximum of one (1) device per foot of raceway.

• Harnesses from multiple feeds may not cross in duct when

feeding from different directions.

• Maximum base segment length of ten (10) feet.

• No downstream protection on GFCI or Surge devices.

5-15R

5-20R

5-30R

L5-15R

L5-20R

L5-30R

6-15R

6-20R

6-30R

L6-15R

L6-20R

L6-30R

3-Wire 6-Wire 8-Wire

THE PROCESS

1. Raceway is wired &

assembled per customer

specifications.

2 Finished raceway is

quality tested to insure

performance and

accuracy of wiring

3. Raceway is labelled &

packed per job and job

site requirements.

4. Detailed project drawings

are included with every

project.

5. Raceway is shipped to

arrive at job site per

production schedule &

project specifications.

For the Contractor:

Getting a complete

package of detailed

drawings helps my

guys know where

every carton and

piece of raceway go.

For the Lab:

Cord-ended Prewired

gives me the flexibility

I need to reconfigure

my lab.

For the Contractor:

Prewired Connectors

increase my productivity.

Installs are ultra fast

and there are no

miswiring or

troubleshooting issues.

PREWIRED TESTIMONIALS

PREWIRED ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

162 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Isoduct®Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are manufactured to

specific job lengths, completely assembled and shipped to the jobsite

ready to install.

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems UL Code Reference............ 162

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Color Options .................... 162

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Quick Selection Guide ...... 163

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacity Charts .. 164

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Device Openings .............. 165

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems

Data/Communications Openings ...................................................... 166

AL3000 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 167

ALA3800 Series™Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 168

AL3300 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 169

AL4000 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 170

AL4400 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 171

AL4750 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 172

AL4320 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 173

AL4520 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 174

ALA4800 Series™Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 175

ALDS4000 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 177

AL7320 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 178

AL7450 Series™Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 179

AL4000 Series Raceway installation in a laboratory.

ALUMINUM

PREWIRED

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are

available with an anodized aluminum finish.

Anodized

Aluminum

ALUMINUM PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS COLOR OPTIONS

RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Surface Metal Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

FEATURES STANDARD OPTIONS

Communication Devices Ortronics & Activate Connectivity System Devices Other manufacturers

Electrical Devices Pass & Seymour Other manufacturers

Cover Length 12" [305mm] or 18" [457mm] 24" [610mm], 36" [914mm], custom or continuous

Body Length Longest = 10' [3.05m], shortest = 1' [305mm]

Installation Surface mounted Flush mounted (recessed)

Finish Architectural Class II Clear Anodized Custom colors available, consult factory.*

Fittings Mitered Butt joints or custom

Wire Type THHN Stranded Options per speciﬁcation

Wiring Splices Insulation displacement connectors Continuous wiring or twist-on wire connector

Grounding Conductors Wire gauge per National Electrical Oversized and/or separate grounding wires

Code (NEC) and shared grounding wires

Device Identiﬁcation Gray self-adhesive polyester label Engraved covers, self-adhesive engraved nameplate,

with black letters screw mounted engraved nameplate

Neutrals Shared neutral Oversized and/or separate neutral wires

Pigtails 12" [305mm] feeds and receptacle leads Per speciﬁcation

Conduit Feeds Raceway drilled at job site with hole saw Entrance end cap

Device Mounting Mounted to cover with 2 counter-sunk Device mounting brackets

#6-32 screws

Record Drawings 3 sets and 2 copies of marked-up blueprints Per job requirements

Submittal Services Detailed Submittal Express Submittal or Submittal Free

PREWIRED ALUMINUM RACEWAY FEATURES

* Paint chip required for custom colors.

119854 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation